MAI LAN HƯƠNG - NGUYEN THANH LOAN - f.libvui.comf.libvui.com/sh1/BaiTapTiengAnh7MaiLanHuongCoDapAn_a5bbb1ea32.pdf · Chúng tôi hy vọng Bài tập tiếng Anh 7 sẽ là quyển

https://sachhoc.com

MAI LAN HƯƠNG - NGUYEN THANH LOAN

(Biên soạn)

Bài tậpTIẾNG ANH

TRUNG TÂM BIÊN SOẠN DỊCH THUẬT SÁCH SÀI GÒN (SAIGONBOOK)

* SÁCH GÓ 32 TRANG HOA VĂN CHÌM, ĐƯỢC IN VỚI CHẤT LƯỢNG CAO. KHÁCH HÀNG VUI LÒNG KIỂM TRA, PHÂN BIỆT ĐE t r á n h m u a NHẦM SÁCH GIẢ.* CUỐI SÁCH CÓ 4 TRANG TÓM TAT n g ữ p h á p TIẾNG ANH 7.

7CHỈNH LỶ VÀ BỐ SUNG

TÁI BẢN THÁNG 6 NĂM 2014

g iữ q u y ề n sở hữ u tá c p h ẩ m

nxb Đà Nổng

Hast lense Past 'Tense Past Participle

arise arose arisen eat ate eaten

awake awoke awoken fall fell fallen

be was/were been feed fed fed

bear bore born/borne feel felt felt

beat beat beaten fight fought fought

become became become find found found

begin began begun flee fled fled

bend bent bent fly flew flown

bet bet bet forbid forbade forbidden

bind bound bound forecast forecast forecast

bite bit bitten forget forgot forgotten

bleed bled bled forgive forgave forgiven

blow blew blown freeze froze frozen

break broke broken get got got, (US) gotten

breed bred bred give gave given

bring brought brought g ° went gone

broadcast broadcast broadcast grind ground ground

build built built grow grew grown

burn burnt/burned burnt/burned hang hung hung

burst burst burst have had had

buy bought bought hear heard heard

catch caught caught hide hid hidden

choose chose chosen hit hit hit

cling clung clung hold held held

come came come hurt hurt hurt

cost cost cost keep kept kept

creep crept crept kneel knelt/kneeled knelt/kneeled

cut cut cut know knew known

deal dealt dealt lay laid laid

dig dug dug lead led led

do did done lean leant/leaned leant/leaned

draw drew drawn learn learnt/learned learnt/learned

dream dreamt/ dreamt/ leave left left

dreamed dreamed lend lent lent

drink drank drunk let let let

drive drove driven ị lie lay lain

https://sachhoc.com

BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7MAI LAN HƯƠNG - NGUYỄN th anh loan

Nhà xuất bản Đà Nẵng Lô 103 - Đường 30 Tháng 4 - Thành phô" Đà Nẩng ĐT: 0511 3797814 - 3797823 Fax: 0511 3797875

Chịu trách nh iệm xu ất bản:Giám đốc TRƯƠNG CÔNG BÁOTổng biên tập NGUYỄN KIM HUY

Biên tập: HUỲNH YÊN TRAM m y

T rình bày: SAIGONBOOKBìa: ĐỖ DUY NGỌCSửa bản in : QUỲNH MAI

In 5.000 euển, khổ 17 X 25 cm, tạ i Công ty c ổ phần in Hoa Mai.Theo TNKH số 283 - 2014/CXB/ 14 - 09/ĐaN cấp ngày 21 tháng 02 năm 2014; Số 34/ QĐ-ĐaN Nhà xuất bản Đà Nẵng cấp ngày 25 tháng 02 năm 2014.In xong và nộp lưu chiểu tháng 6 năm 2014.

https://sachhoc.com

LỜI NÓI Đ Ầ U

B ài tập t iế n g A nh 7 là quyển sách được biên soạn dưới dạng vở bài tập, dựa theo sách giáo khoa T iến g A nh 7 của Bộ Giáo Dục và Đào Tạo.

B à i tậ p t iế n g A n h 7 là tập hợp các bài tậ p thực h à n h về từ vựng (vocabulary), ngữ pháp (gram m ar), đàm thoại (conversation) và đọc hiểu (reading com prehension), n hằm giúp học sinh củng cố và luyện tậ p sâu hơn các nội dung trọ n g tâm của bài học. Các bài tập được b iên soạn theo từng đơn vị bà i học (Unit), gồm hai phần A và B có nội dung tương ứng với các phần bài học trong sách giáo khoa. Sau phần bài tập của mỗi đơn vị bài học có m ột bài k iểm tra (Test For U nit), và sau mỗi cụm bài có bài tự kiểm t ra (Test Yourself) được soạn như bài k iểm tra ĩĩiôt t iế t để đán h giá k ế t quả học tập của học sinh. Cuối sách là m ột sô" đề k iểm t ra học kỳ đã được sử dụng nh ằm giúp phụ huynh và học sinh có th êm tà i liệu th am khảo.

Chúng tô i hy vọng B à i tậ p t iế n g A n h 7 sẽ là quyển sách thực h à n h và ôn luyện th iế t thực, đáp ứng được yêu cầu n âng cao tr ìn h độ tiến g A nh cho học sinh lớp 7. Chúng tôi m ong n h ậ n được những góp ý, phê b ình để hoàn th iện sách.

Thư góp ý p h ê b ìn h sá c h x in g ử i đến:

TRƯNG TÂM BIÊN SOẠN DỊCH THUẬT SÁCH SÀI GÒN474 Nguyễn Thị M inh Khai* Q.3, TP.HCMĐT: 08.38355907 - Hotline: 0923.474.474 - Email:quynhmai474@gmaiLcom

* SÁCH CÓ 32 TRANG HOA VĂN CHÌM, ĐƯỢC IN VỚI CHẤT LƯỢNG CAO. KHÁCH HÀNG VUI LÒNG KIỂM TRA, PHÂN BIỆT ĐE t r á n h m u a n h ẩ m SÁCH GIÀ.* CUỐI SÁCH CÓ 4 TRANG TÓM TAT n g ữ p h á p TIẾNG ANH 7.

3

https://sachhoc.com

MỤC LỤC

UNIT 1: Back to school...............................................................................................5UNIT 2: Personal inform ation...............................................................................11UNIT 3: At hom e......................................................................................... .............. 17

TEST YO URSELF....................................................................................23UNIT 4: At school........... f......................................................................................... 26UNIT 5: Work and p lay ................ ................... ........................................................ 33UNIT 6: After sch oo l.......................................................... ...................................... 40

TEST YO URSELF.......... ......................................................................... 46UNIT 7: The world of w ork ...................................................................................48UNIT 8: P la c e s ........................................................................................................... 54UNIT 9: At home and a w a y ............................................................. .....................60

TEST YO URSELF.....................................................................................67UNIT 10: Health and hygiene ........ ........................................................................ 69UNIT 11: Keep fit, stay h e a lth y ...............................................................................75UNIT 12: Let’s e a t! ................................................................. ..................................... 82

TEST YO URSELF......................................................... !........................ 88UNIT 13: A ctiv ities ......................................................................................................91UNIT 14: Freetime fu n ............................................................ ..................................98UNIT 15: Going o u t ................................................................................. .................106UNIT 16: People and p la c es ..................................................................................114

TEST YOURSELF...................................................................................121MỘT SỐ ĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ ĐÃ ĐƯỢC s ử DỰNGĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ I .......................................................................................124ĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ I I ................................................................... ................130ĐÁP ÁN .................................................. ........................ .......................................... 137

SÁCH CÓ 32 TRANG HOA VĂN CHÌM, Được ÍN VỚI CHẤT LƯỢNG CACX KHÁCH HÀNG VUI LÒNG KIEM TRA, PHÂN BIỆT ĐE t r á n h mua nhầm s á c h giả .

4

https://sachhoc.com

UNIT 1 _____________________________I FRIENDS

I. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trốhg một chữ cái thích hợp để tạo thành từ đúng.E x : se_o__l school1. n_c_ 3. d_ff_r_nt 5. b_sy2. p_r__nt 4. h_pp_ 6. p_ett_

II. ĩìm từ không cùng nhóm vứi các từ còn lại.Ex: see meet live1. Good morning Thank you Hello2. paren t uncle friend3. nice m iss pretty

III. Tự giới thiệu tên và quê quán.Ex: Lan/ Ha Noi My name is Lan. I ’m from Ha Noi.1. Tuan/ H u e _____ . ___________________________________________2. Mai/ Nha Trang :_____________________________________________3. Michèle/ P a r is __________________ _______ ____________________ _____4. Susan/ New York_______________________________________________ _5. Phong/ Ho Chi Minh C ity _________________________________________6. Yoko/ Tokyo _____________________________ •_____________________

IV. Giới thiệu tên và quê quán của những người ỗ phần III.Ex: Her name is Lan. She’s from Ha Noi.1. ________________ ;_____________________________ ____________ : . ..2. ___________________________________________ _____________________ _ I3. ................................ .................. .................................. .................................,........ '........,.............4. ___________________;_____________ __________ __________________ _5. ________________ ;___________ ____________________;_________________ _6 . _________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ ____

V. Viết câu so sánh hơn, dùng các từ gợỉ ý.Ex: My house/ small/ her house Mv house is smaller than her house.1. Lan/ tall/ H o a _________________________ _____________________________2. This book/ thick/ that book_____ ________________________ 13. The chair/ short/ the table 1__________________________________ _4. These boxes/ big/ those boxes_______ _______________________________ __5. Miss Trang/ young/ her s is te r___________________________ __________ __6. These buildings/ high/ those buildings _________________________________7. The boys/ strong/ the g irls_________________________ __________________8. I/ old/ my b ro th e r__________ _______________________________________

UNIT 1: BACK TO SCHOOL 5

7. m _ss8. m__t

spGood afternoonauntdifferent

BACK TO SCHOOL

https://sachhoc.com

VI. Hoàn tất các câu say với much, many, a lú i/ lots.Ex: She doesn’t have many friends.1. My father never d r in k s____________ coffee for breakfast.

I don’t have _____________time to read.Her new school has There a r e ________

of students._________ of orange juice in the jar.

This hotel doesn’t have ■________ rooms.He h a s __________________ of money in his pocket.You make too ___________ mistakes in spelling.She drinks ______________ of tea.Mary is lazy. She doesn’t d o __________ work.

10 .1 don’t h a v e _________ money, so I can’t b u y ____________ things.

VII- Cho dạng thích hợp của các động từ trong ngoặc.Hoa (be) is a new student in class 7 A. Her parents (live)

and she (live) with her uncle and aunt in Ha Noi. Hoa (have)in Hue,

_____ alot of friends in Hue, but she (not h a v e )____things (be)______ different. Her new school (be)

any friends in Ha Noi. Many ___ bigger th an her old

school. H er new school (have)_ have)_____

lots of students. H er old school (notmany students. Hoa (be) unhappy. She (miss)

her parents and her friends.

VIII. Hoàn tât các đoạn hội thoại sau.a. Phong: Hello. My name’s Phong.

Nam : N ic e _________________ you, Phong. IJ______ you a ________ student?

Phong Nam

b. Ba Nam

Ba : P h o n g :

Yes. I’m in Oh, s o ____

7 A.

Hi, Nam._______ , B a ._______t o ________ you again.This is _______ new classmate. ________ name’s Phong.Nice . you,

m NAMES AND ADDRESSES

I. Điển vào mỗỉ chỗ trống một chữ cái để tạo thành từ hoặc cụm từ.Ex: n_m_ name1. a_dr_ss 5. _a r_e t2. f_m_ly na_e 6. m_vi_ th__at_r3. m_d_le n__me 7. p__st o_fi_e4. b__s s_op 8. d_st_nce

6 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

II. Hoàn tâ't các câu sau vối các từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp ở phần 1.Ex: Her name is Lien.1. They are waiting for a bus a t t h e ___________ .2. I am going to the ____ ■____________ to send a letter.3. My home ___________ is 92A Nguyen Trai Street.4. His _____________ __ is Tran.5. Her ___________ _ is Thi.6. Ben T h a n h ___________ is not far from my house.7. My house is a s h o r t_________ _ away from the bus station.8. We go to t h e ___________________to watch a film.

III. Đặt câu hỏi với "How far” và trả lời theo gợi ý.Ex: your house/ bus stop// one kilometer

How far is it from your house to the bus stop? It’s (about) one kilometer.

1. school/ her house// 100 meters

2. post office/ movie theater// two kilometers

3. your house/ Ben Thanh market// five kilometers

4. bookstore/ restaurant// 500 meters

5. Lan’s house/ zoo// three kilometers

6. your school/ library// one kilometer

IV. Đặt câu hỏi vđi “How” và trả lời theo các từ gợi ý.Ex: Hoa/ go/ the museum// bike

How does Hoa QO to the museum? She goes to the museum by bike. they/ travel/ work// bus How do they travel to work ? They travel to work by bus.

1. Nam/ go/ the post office// bike


2. Nga and Lạn/ go/ school// school bus

3. your father/ travel/ Ha Noi// plane

4. the children/ go/ the zoo// bus

5. you and your friends/ go/ the stadium // foot

6. Mrs Lien/ go/ the market// motorbike

V. Điền vào chỗ trốhg các từ What, Where, Whyf Who, How, How old, How far, What time.Ex: What is your name? ~ My name’s Trung.1. __________is your family name? ~ It’s Nguyen.2. _________ _ are you? ~ I’m thirteen.3. _________ do you live? ~ On Nguyen Trai Street.4. _________ do you live with? ~ My parents.5. _________ is it from your house to school? ~ About three kilometers.6. __________do you go to school? - By bus.7. _________ do you go to school? - At half past six.8. _________ are you late? ~ Because I missed the bus.

VI. Hoàn tất đoạn hội thoại.Miss T hanh : Good m orn ing ._________________ _________ _________ ?Phương : My name’s Phương.Miss Thanh: • ______ _____________• ________ ?Phương : I t’s Tran. My middle name is Minh.Miss Thanh: _________________ _____ __________ , Phương?Phương : I’m 13 years old.Miss T h a n h : ______________ _______ ___________ ?Phương : I live a t 162/10B Hoang Van Thu Street.Miss T h a n h : __________________________from your house to school?Phương : I t’s about one kilometer.Miss T h a n h : ______________ _______ go to school?Phương : I go to school by bike.

8 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

TEST FOR UNIT 1Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điển vào chỗ trống.Ex: This is ______ new classmate.

a. he (1b) our c. them______ class are you in? ~ I’m in class 7B.a. Where b. How many c. WhichNam is a friendly person. He has _________ friends.a. some b. many c. few

1.

2 .

3.

4.

5.

7.

I like swimming and _a. so b. tooW hat is h e r _________

last

___ does my sister.c. neither

______name? ~ Pham Thi Hoa.b. family c. fulla.

When I’m away from home, I __a. love b. missHoa l iv e s______ Ha Noi, _______a. in - on b. in - at______ is it from here to school?-a. How far b. How highI’m very busy these days. ~_____a. So I am b. I do, too

d. its

d. W hat’s

cL much

d. also

d. middlemy family very much.

c. like d. hate_ 12 Tran Hung Dao Street,

c. at - on d. on - atAbout two kilometers, c. How long d. How often

c. Neither am I d. Me, too.

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.1. Hoa (h av e)_________ a lot of friends in Hue.

She (b e )____2 .

3.4.5.6.

7.

unhappy now. She (miss) her parents in Hue.Hoa (talk) (you b e )__

______ to Miss Lien at the moment?a new student? -Yes. I (b e )________ in class 7B.

Hoa’s old school (be). I (w alk )______

. small. It (not have). . many students.

my bike to school. We (not g o )______

to school every day, but today I (ride)

to class on Sunday.8. Where Hoa’s parents (live)

III. Ghép câu trả lời ở cột B tương ứng với câu hỏi ở cột A.

1. How are you?2. Are you a new student?3. W hat is his family name?4. W hat is your address?5. How do you go to school?6. How far is it?7. How is everything?8. Who are you phoning to?

Ba. By bus.b. I t’s Tran.c. Fine, thanks.d. About one kilometer.e. I t’s OK now.f. 6B Đien Bien Phu Street.g. Yes, I am.h. My brother.

1.2..3 .'4.. 5."6..7.8 .


IV. sắp xếp các từ thành câu hoàn chỉnh.1. is/ your/ how/ school/ to/ it/ far/ your/ from/ house?

2. your/ classmate/ where/ live/ does?

3. have/ any/ doesn’t/ ill/ she/ friends/ Ha Noi.

4. new/ has/ a/ students/ of/ her/ school/ lot.

5. with/ her/ lives/ Hoa/ in/ uncle / aunt/ Ha Noi / and.

V. Sắp xếp các câu thành đoạn hội thoạĩ hợp lý.___ Hello, Nga. Nice to see you again.___ Nice to meet you, Minh. •

1 Hello, Phong.___ Nice to see you. How are you?___ Fine, thanks. This is our new classmate. His name is Minh.___ Nice to meet you, too.

VL Dung tu cho sấn trong khung để hỡàn tất đoạn văn. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.any go far still new with miss a lot of

My name is Nguyen Minh Trung. I am a (1)_ student in class 7A- I amfrom Da Nang and my family (2)______ live there. In Ho Chi Minh City, I live(3 )_____ my grandparents at 21/ 3B Nguyen Trai Street. My new school is not(4 )_____ from our house - about one kilometer, so I (5)_to school by bike.There are (6)_______ students in my new school. But I don’t have (7)_______friends.I am unhappy. I (8)______ my parents, my sisters and my friends in Da Nang.

1. W hat is his full name?

2. Is he a new student?

3. Where is he from?

4. Who is he living with?

5. W hat is his address?

6. How far is it from his house to school?

7. How does he go to school?

8. Why is he unhappy?

1 0 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

PERSONAL INFORMATIONUNIT 2E l TELEPHONE NUMBERSI. Dùng các cụm từ trong khung để hoàn tâ't các câu.

personal information telephone number telephone directory home address

1. M y ____________________ is 4A Cong Hoa Street.2. W hat is your _________ ___________ ? - 38 254 641.3. For y o u r__________________ _ please write your name, your age, your

education, your experience, etc.4. You can find his telephone number in t h e ________________________ .

II. Đọc và đặt dấu trọng âm cho các từ.Ex: ’eveninginfor/nation telephone different personal directorynum ber tomorrow m oment answ er theater

III. Viết câu với các từ gợi ý, dùng thì tương lai đơn (future simple tense): will + verb (inf. without to). Viết rút gọn nếu có thể.Ex: I/ go/ the superm arket/ tomorrow ru ao to the supermarket tomorrow.

1. We/ fly/ Nha Trang/ in June

2. The meeting/ take place/ a t 6p.m

3. It/ snow/ the mountains/ tomorrow evening

4. Hoa/ have/ lots of friends/ soon

5. I/ come/, after lunch

6. He/ see/ you/ tomorrow afternoon

7. My father/ be free/ at 7.30 this evening

8 .r They/ arrive/ a t about 4p.m

IV. Điền vào chỗ trốhg với m/ỉhoặc won'tEx: Will you go to the party tonight? ~ No, I won’t1. _____ Nam play basketball? ~ Yes, h e _________ .2. _____ Hoa come here? ~ No, s h e _________ .3. _____ they travel to Ha Noi next week? - No, they

UNIT 2: PERSONAL INFORMATION 1 1

4. _____ you see her? ~ Yes, I ________ .5. _____ _ your brother be busy tomorrow? - No, h e ________ -6. _____ Nam and Ba meet at seven o’clock? - Yes, th e y _______7. ______you go fishing next Sunday? - No, w e _________.8. _____ An call you back? ~ Yes, h e ________ .

V. Dùng What, Where, When, Who, Why, How, What time để ăặì câu hỏi cho các từ gạch dưới.Ex: What will you do tonight? - I’ll do my homework.1. ________ will they do tomorrow afternoon? - They’ll play tenn is.2. ________ will go camping next Sunday? ~ Nam and Quang will.3. _____ _ will we meet? ~ W ell meet at Lan’s house.4. _________ will you be back? - 111 be back at eight o'clock.5. ________ will she go to the zoo? ~ Shell go by bus.6. _________will your father travel to Ha Noi? ~ He will travel next week.7. ________ will Nam go to bed early tonight? - Because hell have a test tomorrow.8. ________ will you go next summer vacation? ~ I will go to Nha Trang.

VI. Sắp xếp các câu thành đoạn hội thoại hợp lý.___ This is Nga. When will she come back?___ Hello. Can I speak to Trang?

1 Hello. This is 38 630 842.___ She’ll be back at about half past four.___ I’m sorry. She’s out at the moment. Who is calling?___ All right. Please tell her 111 call again at five.___ Thank you. Goodbye.___ OK. I l l tell her.___ Bye.

VII. Dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung để hoàn tất đoạn hội thoại.where when will would is who at see

MaiPhongMaiPhongMaiPhongMaiPhongMaiPhongMai

Hello. This is 8 942 810.Hello. (1) ______ that Mai?Yes. (2)______ is this?I t’s me, Phong. (3) you be free tomorrow afternoon?Yes, I will.(4)______ you like to play tennis?Sure. (5)_ will we play?W ell play at Lan Anh court.(6)______ will we meet?

___ three o’clock.W ell meet (7)_ OK. I’ll (8) you tomorrow.

1 2 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

II.

I MY BIRTHDAY Viết các tháng trong năm.1. tháng Giêng : J a n u a ry 2. tháng Hai : ___________3. tháng Ba : ___________4. tháng Tư : ___________5. th áng Năm : ___________6. tháng Sáu : ___________

Viết các sô' thứ tự dưới dạng chữ.1st first_______ 9th ___________2nd ____________ 12th _ _ _ _ _3rd ____ _______ 19th _ _ _ _ _5th ________ _ 20th ______

7. tháng Bảy8. tháng Tám9. tháng Chín10. tháng Mười11. tháng Mười Một12. tháng Mười Hai

2pt27th30th32nd

January I stIII. Viết ngày tháng.

Ex: the first of January1. the n ineteenth of September __________2. the second of May ___________________3. the twenty-fifth of October _______________ _4. the th irty-first of July ' ______________5. the twelfth of December _____________ __6. the eighth of February ___________________

IV. Chia các động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại đơn (present simple tense) hoặc tương lai đơn {future simple tense).

Ex: Hoa (go) goes_______ swimming every day.They (come) will come here tomorrow morning.

My father and I (go )_____________ _ jogging every morning. JDennis (cook)________________ the supper every night next month.She (b e )______________ 14 on her next birthday.

1.2 .

3.4.5.6 .

7.8 .9.10. Alex often (watch)

They (live) „He (have) _Mai (brush)I (com e)____She (have) Lan (inv ite).

__ with their grandparents in Ha Noi. _ a lot of friends soon.__ her teeth after meals, back tomorrow.

___ a meeting tonight.. her friends to her birthday party on Sunday. ______television at night.

V. Viết câu phủ định và nghi vấn.Ex: He will call again a t five o’clock.

He won’t call again at five o ’clock. Will he call again at five o ’clock?

1. My m other will go to the superm arket next Sunday.

UNIT 2: PERSONAL INFORMATION 1 3

2. They will meet in front of the theater.

3. We will come there on time.

4. He will see her tonight.

5. Jane will be busy tomorrow morning.

6. I will come back soon.

VI. Điền vào chỗ trống với các giứi từ in, on, at, from ... to.Ex: I play games in the afternoon.1. They often go swimming _ Sunday.2. The meeting will l a s t _____9 a .m ______ 3 p.m.3. She will be 1 3 _______her next birthday.4. We are playing c h e ss_____the moment.5. I t’s often r a i n _____ July.6. My birthday i s _____ September 3rd.7. The party will s t a r t _____ seven o’clock______the evening.8. He was b o rn _______________ April 2002.9. They often watch T V _____night.10. We usually go out for dinner ______Saturday evening.

VII. Hoàn tất đoạn hội thoại giữa Hoa với thầy Tân.Hoa : Good morning, Mr Tan.Mr. Tan : Good m orn ing .__________________________________ ?Hoa : Pham Thi Hoa.Mr. Tan : _____________________________ Hoa?Hoa : I’m 13. I will be 14 on my next birthday.Mr. Tan : _______________________________________________________ ?Hoa : My date of birth is on June eighth.Mr. Tan : _______________ ___________ ?Hoa : 12 Tran Hung Dao Street.Mr. Tan : _______ ______________________________________ ?Hoa : 38 262 019.Mr Tan : ____________________ _____________ :___________ .?Hoa : I live with my uncle and aunt.Mr Tan : Thank you.


TEST FOR UNIT 2I. Chọn từ, cụm từ hoặc câu thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.

Ex: W h a t___it?a. am (b) is c. are d. were

1. I S D e a k to Mr. Brown? ~ Hold o n a m i n u t e , n l e a s e .

a. Should b. Shall c. Can d. Will2. Her birthday is Friday. Auerust 20th.

a. at b. on c. in d. by3. vou have a test tomorrow morning?

a. Will b. Do c. Are d. Shall4. will we meet? ~ In front of the school gate

b. When c. W hata. Where d. How5. W hat’s your ?

a. b irth of day b. day of birth c. date of birth d. b irth of date6. She always comes to class on time. She is never for class.

a. late b. early c. free d. nervous7. The party will about three hours.

a. s ta rt b. last c. finish d. invite8. Would you like a cup of tea? ~

a. Yes, please. b. I like, too. c. Yes, I will. d. You’re welcome.

II. Cho thì hoặc dạng thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.1. We often (play) ________________tennis in the afternoon.2. (you be) ___________ free next Sunday? No. I (do) ______ _ my homework.3. Phong (b e )_______ on the phone now. He ( ta lk )______________ to Tam.4. Mike (not com e)__________________ to our party tonight.5. We (h av e )_____________ a test tomorrow morning.6. She (not call) _____ _______ her parents every day. She (call) I

them every week.7. Would you like (see) _____________ a movie?8. Let’s (m e e t)________ ____ in front of the movie theater.

III. Đặt câu hỏi cho các câu trả lời.1.

- My name’s Trung.2.

- I’m thirteen.3.

- My date of birth is on July 6th.4.

- My address is 263/2 Tran Phu Street.5.

- 38 950 963.UNIT 2: PERSONAL INFORMATION 1 5

6 .- I t’s about 500 meters from my house to school.

7. ______________________________________________________ ____________- I walk to school.

8 . ________________ :________________________________________________- I live with my parents.

IV. Viết câu phủ định và nghi vân.1. Mai plays badminton after school. 4. We often have a picnic on weekends.

2. I will be at home tomorrow night. 5. They will go camping next week.

3. She is out at the moment. 6. The students are sitting in class.

V. Đọc đoạn văn. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.Nga lives in the city with her parents and two brothers. She lives at 14

Nguyen Tri Phuong Street. Her telephone number is 38 290 374. On her next birthday, July 1st, Nga will be 14. She will have a small party for her birthday. She will invite some best friends to her house. They will eat pizza, fried chicken, cake and they will drink Coke. They will have a lot of fun. The party will s ta rt at five o’clock and finish at eight.

1. W hat's Nga address?............................................................................................2. W hat’s her telephone num ber?_________________ ___________________3. How old is she now? ___________________ 1_________________________ _4. W hat’s her date of b irth?________________________________ __________5. Will she have a big party foi her birthday? ______________________ __6. Who will she invite? __________________________________________ _7. W hat will they eat and drink?_______________________________8. How long will the party last? _____________________________________

VI. Dựa vào các dữ kiện của đoạn văn trên, hãy hoàn tất thiếp mời sinh nhật của Nga gỏi cho Hoa.Dear (1 )__________ ,My birthday is on (2) _______and I am having a small birthday party.

The party will be at my house at (3)____________________ from (4) _______ to(5)______ . We will have (6) _________ , fried chicken, cake and we will drink(7 )_________ . We will have a lot of (8 )__________ ; a t the party, too.

I hope you will come and join the fun.Love,Nga

1 6 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG A Nil 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

AT HOME

I WHAT A LOVELY HOME!I. Điển vào mỗi chỗ trống một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng.

Ex: _om_ hom e1. s_nk 4. r__f_ _ger_tor 7. ap^___ tm_jat2. a_f_l . 5. c__nv_n_ent 8. b_a__t_f_l3. c_m_or__a_le 6. d_li_io_s 9. e_p_ns__ve

II. Dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung để hoàn tâ't các câu.favorite washing machine dishwasher interesting lovely modem kitchen delicious

1. My m other is cooking in t h e ________________ .2. Alice's Adventures in Wonderland is a n ____________ children’s book.3. She put her dirty clothes into t h e _________________ .4. Apple is my ______ ;________fruit.5.* I t’s the m o s t_______ . watch.6. _______________ is a machine that washes dishes.7. W hat a ______________ girl!8. The meal is absolu tely_______________ .

III. Đọc và đặt dâu trọng âm các từ.Ex: Hove lyawful comfortable expensivere frigera to r apartm ent com plaintconvenient m teresting deZicious

IV. Đỉền vào chỗ trống vứi in, on, to, under, behind, near.Ex: The book is on the table.1. They are w a itin g _________ front of the theater.2. The lamp is next _______ the picture.3. The picture i s _________ the wall.4. Can you see the cat _________ the picture?5. The child is h id in g _________________________________________ _ a tree.6. The armchairs aren’t far from the television. They a re____ ____ _ the television.7. The water flow s___ the bridge.8. There are a sink, a tub and a shower the bathroom.

V. Viết các câu cảm thán, dùng cấu trúc “What + (a/an) + adjective + noun”.Ex: The film is very interesting. What an interesting film / __________

The girls are lovely. What lovely girls!________________ _

am azingterribleC 0 7 ? z p lim e n t

UNIT 3: AT HOME 1 7

1. The boy is very intelligent. ____________________ _____________2. The milk is fresh. ____________________ _____________3. Those students are naughty. __________________________________4. The trip is very exciting.5. The cakes are delicious. _________________________________6. The weather is very terrible- ____ ' _______________________7. The view is lovely. ' _______ ;_____ _____________ _________8. These rooms are very bright. ____________ ___________

VI. Đặt câu Hỏi với ẩẩỉs there/ Are there” và trả lời theo gợi ý.Ex: picture/ on/ wall// Yes/ No

Is there a picture on the wall? Yes, there is / No, there isn ’t. chairs/ in/ room// Yes/ NoAre there any chairs ỉn the room? Yes, there are/ No, there aren’t.

1. dog/ under/ table// Yes

2. books/ on/ bookshelf// Yes

3. flowers/ in/ garden// No

4. refrigerator/ near/ kitchen table //N o

5. arm chairs/ in front of/ television// Yes

6. ball/ on / floor// Yes

7. stools/ in/ living room// No

8. tub/ in/ bathroom// No

VII- Dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung để hoàn tất đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.

large tub wonderful apartment rooms everything not bathroom comfortable really

Minh lives in a lovely (1) _________ in Ho Chi Minh City. His apartm entis (2 )________ very big but it is very (3 )__________ . There are five (4 )________in the apartm ent - á living room, two bedrooms, a kitchen and a bathroom. The(5) _____ _ is very beautiful. It has a sink, a (6) _______ • and a shower.The kitchen is very modern. It has (7) _____ : refrigerator, washing


machine, dishwasher, gas cooker, electric stove, oven, kitchen table, etc. Minh’sbedroom isn’t (8 )_________ , but it is very bright. There is a (9 )_________viewfrom his bedroom window. Minh (10) __________ loves his apartm ent.

1. Where does Minh live?

2. How many rooms are there in his apartment?

3. W hat things are there in the bathroom?

4. Is there a gas cooker in the lptchen?

5. Is M inh’s bedroom big?

6. Does Minh like his apartment?

HOA’S FAMILY

I. Kết hợp các động từ ở cột A với các từ hoặc cụm từ tương ứng ở cột B.A1. do2. raise3. grow4. work5. take care of6. write7. teach

Ba. sick peopleb. the houseworkc. in a prim ary schoold. for a newspapere. vegetablesf. in a factoryg. cattle

1.2.3.4.5.6 .

7.

II. Dùng các từ cho sẩn trong khung để hoàn tất các câu.painters doctor teacher farmer journalist engineer dentist musician

1. Ms. Chi teaches children in a school. She is a teacher.2. Gary takes care of people’s teeth. He i s ___________3. Lam and Huong paint pictures. They a r e _________4. Hoa’s father works on a farm. He i s ________________5. She plays the piano. She is ________________ .6. He trea ts sick people. He i s _______________ .7. Jane writes articles for a newspaper. She i s _______8. My brother repairs machines and equipment. He i s _

UNIT 3: AT HOME 1 9

111. sắp xếp các từ trong khung thành hai nhóm: Nouns (danh ft# và Adjectives (tính từj.vegetables party cheap expensive family high dress lovelyapartment awful dinner tub good interesting big suitable

- N ouns: party,

A djectives: high,

IV. Dùng câu trúc “What 4- (a/an) + adj + noun!” để viết câu cảm thán.Ex: The girl is very beautiful. -> ____ What a beautiful g i r l !____1. The weather is very awful. —> ___________________________ _2. The meal is very delicious. -» _____________ ___________3. The boy is very clever. —» ___________________________4. The pictures are very colorful. - > ____________________ _______5. The dress is very expensive. -» • '____ ___ ______________6. The milk is sour.

V. Hoàn tâ't các câu sau, dùng hình thức so sánh hơn của các tính từ trong ngoặc.Ex: Lan i s taller than__ Hoa. (tall)

Armchairs a r e ___more comfortable than________chairs, (comfortable)1. A new house is _____________________________ an old one. (expensive)2. Motorbikes a r e ________________________bicycles, (fast)3. My television is ___________________________his television, (modern)4. Summer i s ___________________ spring, (hot)5. Jane is _____________________ ;_________ her sister, (beautiful)6. Skirts are __________________________dresses, (cheap)7. Your stereo i s ________________________ mine, (good)8. A bicycle is often______________________ a car in busy cities, (convenient)9. The weather today i s _________________________ it was yesterday, (bad)10. David i s _________________________ John, (clever)

VI. Hoàn tất các câu sau, dùng hình thức so sánh nhất của các tính từ trong ngoặc.Ex: Nam i s ____ the youngest________student in his class, (young)

These toys a r e _____ the most expensive___ in the toy store, (expensive)1. Nile River i s __________________ river in the world, (long)2. This book is __________ _______of three books, (interesting)3. Ho Chi Minh City i s __________________ city in Viet Nam. (big)4. They a r e _________ _______ students in my class, (good)5. These houses are ____________________ in the village, (beautiful)6. W inter i s _____________________season in the year, (cold)7. Airplane is ____________________ means of transport, (fast)8. He i s _________________________________ person in the meeting, (important)9. I am ____________________ man in the world, (happy)10. This i s ____________________ party I’ve been to. (bad)


VII. Hoàn tất đoạn văn với các từ cho sấn trong khung, sau đó viết TRUE (T) hoặc FALSE (F).

her near care grade love class in works

Hi! My name is Nam. Fm a student in (1)________ 7A. I live in a small butcomfortable house (2)_____ the country with my parents and two sisters. Myfather (3) ______ in a dental surgery. He takes (4)________ of people's teeth.My mother teaches in the prim ary school (5)_______ my house. My big sisteris a painter. (6)______ name is Ngoc. She works in an a rt studio in town. Myyoungest sister is Vy. She is in (7)________ 3. She is pretty and she sings likean angel. I really (8) my family.

1. Nam lives in a large comfortable house in the country. ______2. There are five people in his family. _______3. His father is a doctor. ______4. His m other is a teacher. ______5. Ngoc is his elder sister. . ______6. His youngest sister sings beautifully. ______

TEST FOR UNIT 3

I. Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hựp để điền vào chỗ trống.Ex: I live 12 Tran Hung Dao Street.

a. in b, on @ a t d. into1. awful restaurant!

a. W hat b. W hat a e. W hat an d. W hat’s2. Sarah looks after patients in hospital. She is a \

a. teacher b. nurse c. musician d journalist3. Are there lamps on the wall?

a. any b. a c. some d. more4. You look in th a t dress.

a. love b. lovely c. loving d. lovelily5. I t’s the house in my neighborhood.

a. nicer b. nicest c. more nice d. most nice6. W hat’s your color? ~ I like blue most.

a. favorite b. in teresting c. suitable d. liking7. The picture is the clock.

a. next b. under c. at d. in8. Would you like some fruit juice? ~

a. Yes. I’d love some. b. Yes. I like it.c. Not a t all. d. That’s all right.

UNIT 3: AT HOME 2 1

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì đúng của động ỉừ trong ngoặc-1. They (not go) ______________ __ to the zoo very often.2. I (not be) _______________ at home next Monday evening.3. Her father (work) _______ ' from the morning till night every day.4. Mr. Robinson (look) ________________ for an apartm ent at present.5. There (be) _________ a few empty apartm ents near his office.6. Hoa’s parents love (work) ___________ on their farm.7. Is it easy (find) ______8. Please tell her I (call)

an apartm ent in Ha Noi? _______ again later.

III. Đạt câu hỏi cho các câu trả lời.1.

2 .

3.

4.

5.

6 .

7.

8 .

- There are a sink, a tub and a shower in the bathroom.

-N o, there aren’t any books on the table.

- The oldest in my family is my grandfather.

- He is a farmer.

- They work in a factory.

- Yes, there is a refrigerator in the kitchen.

Ha Noi is bigger than Hue.

The newest apartm ent is at number 27.

IV. Điền các giứi từ thích hợp vào chỗ trốhg.1. Hoa’s father w o rk s__________ __ his farm2. A nurse takes c a re _____3. The books a r e _________4. My uncle isn’t _________5. John l iv e s ____________ America.

the countryside.______sick people.__the bookshelf.home. He i s _____ work now.

6. Her mother works hard7. The best apartm ent is __

morning night.

8. This apartm ent is the newestnumber 79.

________the three.

V. Hoàn ta't các câu sau9 dùng hình thức so sánh của các tính từ trong ngoạc.1. Orange juice is 1_______________coffee, (good)2. Hanh i s ________________________ student in the class, (clever)

2 2 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ÁNH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

3. Cars are ___________________________ motorbikes, (expensive)4. Your apartm ent i s _______________ from school__________ mine, (far)5. I th ink good health is ___________________ thing in life, (important)6. Iron i s ______ ____________ _ wood, (heavy)7. __________________ city in Canada is Toronto, (large)8. Thailand is ___________________ Korea, (hot)

VI. Dùng các từ cho sẩn trong khung để hoàn t^t đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.also empty near from cheapest expensive most teaches

John Robinson is an English teacher (1)_________ the USA. He (2)__________English in a high school in Ha Noi. Now he is looking for an apartm ent(3)_________ the school. There are three (4)__________ apartments. The first oneis a big apartment. It's comfortable, but it’s very (5)__________ . The second oneis (6)________ a lovely apartment, but it's quite expensive, too. The last one issmaller than the other two, but it’s the (7) ________ of the three. It has abright living room, two bedrooms and a large, modern kitchen. Mr. Robinson thinks the th ird apartm ent is the (8)__________ suitable for his family.

1. W hat does Mr. Robinson do?

2. Where is he from?

3. W hat is he looking for?

4. Which is the cheapest apartment?

5. Which is the most expensive?

6. Describe the most suitable apartm ent for Mr. Robinson’s family?

TEST YOURSELFI. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of

the others. (Chọn từ có phần gạch dưới phát âm khác các từ khác.}1. a. nice b. bike c. like d. live2. a. what b. where c. who d. when3. a. name b. happy c. thanks d. bad4. a. lives b. works c. starts d. likes

IL Choose the correct word to fill in the blank. (Chọn từ thích hạp đểđiền vào chẫừỗhg.)1. H i s ________ _ name is Van. Tran Van An. (family/ full/ middle/ first)

UNIT 3: AT HOME 2 3

2. A ________ ; is used to keep food and drinks cold, (dishwasher/ shower/refrigerator/ washing machine )

3. H ow ______ is it from the hospital to the bus stop? (far/ long/ often/ much)4. My father likes jogging, a n d ______ does my mother, (too/ so/ but/ when)5. __________ a lovely view! (When/ How/ W here/ What)6. _______ go to the cafeteria. (Why not/ W hat about/ Let’s/ Why don’t we)7. Which is t h e _______ apartment of the three? (best/ better/ goodest/ most)8. Her date of b irth i s ____ November fourth, (at/ on/ in/ of)

III. Supply the correct form or tense of the verb in brackets. ICho dạng hoặc thì đúng cửa động từ trong ngoặc J1. My best friend (com e)_______:_________here soon.2. My father (not drink) ______ _________coffee in the evening.3. I usually (go)________ to school by bike but tomorrow I (catch)___________

a bus to school.4. Listen! Jane (play) ________________the piano.5. We (not go)___________ fishing this weekend. We (go) _________ sailing.6. W h at_______ your mother (do)________ now? ~ She (cook)____________7. I’d like (visit) _____________Japan some day.8. W hat about ( ta k e )___________ a taxi?

IV. Make question for the underlined words. (Đặt câu hỏicho các từ được gạch dưới'J1. His telephone number is 38 259 640.

2. I t’s about two kilometers from my house to the movie theater.

3. I will go camping next Sunday.

4. Her date of b irth is on August 21—.

5. She will be fourteen on her next birthday.

6. My father is an engineer.

7. They live at 2/10B Ly Thuong Kiet S treet.

8. John is talking to Nhat.


Match the item in column A with the item in column B. (Kêí hợp mục ở cột A với mục ở cột B.)

A1. W hat a lovely house!2. Let’s see a movie.3. An watches TV every night.4. Would you like a sandwich?5. How are you today?6. Can I speak to Mr Johnson?

Ba. So do I. 1..b. No, thanks. I’m full. 2.c. Thank you. 3..d. Good idea! 4..e. Sorry. He’s out. 5..f. Not too bad. Thanks. 6..

VI. Supply the correct form of the word in brackets. (Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặcJ1. ___________ , the nicest apartm ent is also the cheapest, (luck)2. December is t h e ______ _ time of the year for shops, (busy)3. May I ask you a _____________ question? (person)4. Hoa doesn’t have any friends in Ha Noi so she fee ls____________ . (happy)5. W hat a n _____________ kitchen! (amaze)6. The book is packed with usefu l_______________ . (inform)

VIL Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions. {Đọc kỹ đoạn văn. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.)Trung is a student in class 7A. His full name is Pham Quoc Trung. He is 13

years old now, but he will be 14 next Monday, August 15th. Trung lives with his parents a t 2/ 34 Nguyen Trai Street. Trung’s house isn 't large but i t’s very comfortable. It has a bright living room, two lovely bedrooms, a modern bathroom and a big kitchen. There is a small yard iri front of his house. Trung’s mother grows flowers and plants in the yard. According to Trung, his house is the nicest.

1. W hat does Trung do? _____________________________________________2. W hat is his last name?3. When is his birthday? __4. W hat is his ad d ress?__5. Is Trung’s house b ig ?__6. How many rooms are there?7. W hat are there in the yard?8. Does Trung love his house? _

UNIT 3: AT HOME 2 5

AT SCHOOL2P SCHEDULESSắp xếp các chữ cái thành từ đúng.Ex: ishE lgn English

1. a thm ______________ 4. umsic2. ishryto ______________ 5. phygeogra3. sicsphy ____________ _ 6. sicalphy ucaedtion

II. Đặt câu hỏi về thời gian và vĩết câu trả lời.Ex: 10.30 What time is it? -It’s ten thirty./ It ’s half past ten.1. 8.25 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _______• _____________________2. 9.453. 10.054. 11.155. 7.506. 6.407. 12.008. 5.30

III. Đặt câu hỏi với “What time” và trả lời theo gợi ý.Ex: you/ get up// 6 What time do you get UP? - I get up at six o ’clock.

1. they/ have English// 8.40

2. Nga/ go to bed// 10.30

3. you/ have dinner// 6.45

4. he/ study MathH 3.25

5. the students/ have a break// 9.15

6. your father/ go home from work// 5.10


7. classes/ start// 7.00

8. Hoa/ have Physics class// 9.50

IV. Viết câu vổf các từ gợf ý. Dùng thì hỉện tại tiếp diễn (present progressive tense)Ex: I/ read/ a newspaper/ now I am reading a newspaper now._____1. My father/ watch/ television/ at the moment

2. We/ walk/ to school/ right now

3. They/ study/ Geography/ at this time

4. He/ listen to/ the radio/ now

5. Nam and Nga/ have/ lunch/ at present

6. Miss Lien/ play/ the piano

7. The girls/ eat/ breakfast at the canteen/ now

8. I/ do/ my homework/ at present

V. Đặt câu hỏi Và trả lời theo gợi ý.Ex: they/ play/ volleyball

What are they playing? -They are playing volleyball.1. you/ study/ English

2. M inh/ learn/ History

3. the boys/ play/ soccer

4. your mother/ cook/ potato soup

5. Phong and Ba/ do/ their homework

6. he/ grow/ vegetables

7. Mai/ read/ a picture book

UNIT 4: AT SCHOOL 2 7

8. they/ watch/ a new movie

VI. Điền các từ để hỏi vào chỗ trông.What What time Where When How Who How many How often

1. _________ do you do? - I’m a student.2. ______is she going? - She is going to the library.3. . ______are you talking to? - I’m talking to my friend Thanh.4. _________ does Nam have math? - He has m ath at 8.40.5. _______ _ do they have English? - They have it on Monday and Friday.6. ______ _ is he doing at present? - He is reading a newspaper.7. _________ classes do you have today? - We have four classes.8. _________ do you go to school? - I go to shool by school bus.9. _________ classes do you have today? - We have math, music and English.10 . ________ do you go to school? - I go to school five days a week.

VII. Hoàn tâ't đoạn hội thoại, dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung.what time too classes timetable an favorite will Physics

I don’t have my (1 )_______ . What do we have today, Minh?We have math, (2)_, History and English.(3)__________________do we have Physics?We have it from 7.45 to 8.30.W hat (4)_______ will we have tomorrow?We (5)_have Geography, Art, Music and Physical Education.W hat is your (6) _______ subject, Minh?I like M ath most. I t’s (7) interesting and im portant subject. Yes, I like M ath (8) ,

i * THE LIBRARYI. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trôiig một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng.

Ex: l_br_ry library1. G_o__r_ph_ 4. s_ i_ n _ e 7. d_ct______________n_ry2. C h_m _st_y 5. B_ol___ y 8. n__v_l3. p_x_ _cs 6. L _te_at___ __e

II. Hoàn tâ't câu với từ cho sấn trong khung.card index library racks author title dictionary uniform librarian

1. I keep an E nglish_________ beside me when I’m reading an English book.2. Charles Dicken is my favorite __________ .3. People use t h e ________________________ to find a book in the library.4. Magazines and newspapers are on the ____________ in the middle.


PhongMinhPhongMinhPhongMinhPhongMinhPhong

5. W hat’s the __________ of that book? - I t’s “Oliver Twist”.6. She works in a library. She is a _____________ .7. You can borrow books from t h e ____________ .8. Vietnamese students have to wear school ___________ .

HI. Điển giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.Ex: The library opens at 7 am.1. The science books are _J_____ the left.2. There are a lot of books, newspapers, magazines, e tc .______ the library.3. Magazines and newspapers are _ _ _ _ _ the racks ______ the middle.4. Are there any English books _____ the shelves n e x t_____ the study area?5. You can find the physics books_____ the back of the library.6. The United States’ Library of Congress is _W ashington DC.7. Those books a r e ______ _ English.8. W ashington DC is the capital _______ the USA.

IV. Kết hợp các câu hỏi ồ cột A vđi các câu trả lời ở cột B.A

1. Where are English dictionaries?2. W hat time does the library open?3. How far is it from your house to the library?4. How long does it take to cycle from

your house to the library?5. Where can you find a card index?6. W hat do students do in the library?7. W hat books are on the left?8. W hat’s your favorite book?l . _ ___2. _____ 3. _____ 4 . _____ 5 .______ 6 ,_____ 7.

V. Sắp xếp các câu thành đoạn hội thoại hợp lý»___ Yes'. Where can I find the m ath books, please?___ You are welcome.

1 Good morning.___ They're on the shelves on the left.___ _ Good morning. Can I help you?___ Yes. They’re on the racks in the middle.___ Thank you very much.___ Do you have magazines and newspapers here?

Ba. About two kilometers.b. They read books.c. M ath and science books.d. H arry Potter.

e. About half an hour.f. On the shelf on the right.g.'A t 7.30 a.mh. In the library ,

VI. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của các động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn chỉnh đoạn văn. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.Nam’s school (h av e)_________ a library. The library (not be) _______ very

large but it’s nice. There (b e )_______ lots of reference books, novels, readers,


magazines, newspapers, dictionaries, pictures, etc. in the library. There (be)______ also a comfortable study area. The library (open)_________ at 7 o’clockin the morning and (close) _________ at 4.30 in the afternoon. Nam’s house(not b e )_________ far from his school - about 500 meters, so he (go)________ tothe library every afternoon. Now he ( s i t ) _____________ in the study area. He(read )_____________ a geography book.

1. Does Nam’s school have a large library?

2. W hat are there in the library?

3. Is the library only open in the morning?

4. How far is it from Nam’s house to the library?

5. How often does Nam go to the library?

6. W hat is Nam doing now?

TEST FOR UNIT 4I. Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điền vào chỗ tro'ng.

Ex: He _ _ _ _ _ his teeth after meals,a. brush b. brushs (a) brushes d. is brushing

1. We have fo u r______ today: Math, History, English and Music.a. classes b. schedules c. activities d. classrooms

2. I like English most. I t’s m y ______ subject.a. in teresting b. favorite c. im portant cL difficult

3. I n ______ I learn to cook and what our bodies need.a. Physics b. Literature c. Home Economics d. History

4. In Geography, we study the world, ____ rivers and mountains.a. its b. i t’s c. it d. our

5. Schools in the USA are a little d iffe ren t______ schools in Viet Nam.a. at b. with c. from d. for

6. American students have tw o ______ each day.a. 20-minutes breaks b. 20-minute breaksc. 20-minute break d. 20-minutes break

7. The United States’ Library of Congress is one o f ____ _ libraries in theworld.a. larger b. largest c. the largest d. the most large

3 0 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TAP

8. Thanks for all your help! ~__________a. You’re welcome. b. I do like,c. Good job! d. That’s not bad.

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.1. W h a t______ Lan and Hoa (do) __________ now? - They (read)______

books in the library.2. We (a rriv e )_______________ around six tomorrow.3. Hurry up! We (w ait)_________________ for you.4. Nam (go )__________ to the English club every Saturday.5. He is learning (play) :__________ the guitar.6. My father (travel) _______________ to Nha Trang next week.7. I have a computer, but I (not u se )______________ it much.8. You can (fin d )__________ math books on thè racks in the middle.

HI. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từđưực gạch dưới.1. It's a quarter past ten .

2. We have Chemistry on Wednesday and Friday.

3. My family has lunch at 11.30.

4. They are playing soccer in the stadium.

5. Quang is studying M ath,

6. The children are going to the museum by bus.

7. The school library has about two thousand books.

8. You can find newspapers on the rack near the lib rarian’s desk.

IV. Cho dạng đúng của từ trong Itgoặc.1. History is a n _____________ subject, (interest)2. They have ____________ _ in finding a suitable apartm ent, (difficult)3. The most popular after-school_______ _ are football and basketball, (act)4. The company has only 6 0 ______________ . (employ)5. The ____ ______ way to travel is by plane, (fast)6. Her English is _______________than mine, (good)7. W hat a __________ party! I’d like to go home, (bore)8. Few students like him. He is a n _____________ teacher, (popular)


V. Đọc kỹ lá thư, sau đó viết TRUE IU hoặc FALSE (F}„

Dear Peter,Thank you for your letter. I t’s very interesting to know about schools in the

USA.I th ink schools in Vietnam are a little different. V ietnam ese students

usually wear school uniform when they are at school. Classes s ta r t a t 7.00 each morning and end at 11.15. Students have a 30-minute break after three periods. At break, many students play games. Some go to the canteen and buy something to eat or drink. Others talk together. Our school year lasts for nine months, from September to May. Then we have a three-m onth summer vacation.

Please write soon and tell me about your summer vacation.Your friend,Hoa

1. Schools in Viet Nam are the same as schools in the USA. ______2. There is no school uniform in Viet Nam. ______3. Classes last from seven to a quarter past eleven. ______4. Students have a break after the second period. ______5. Most students play games at break. -6. The school year begins in September. ______7. Summer vacation lasts for three months. . ______

VI. Hoàn tâ't câu thứ hai sao cho nó có nghĩa tương tự với câu thứ nhât.1. Where do you live?

W hat’s _____________ _________________;_______________________2. The blue dress is cheaper than the red one.

The red dress is ______________________ ;______________________3. Nam is taller than any students in his class.

Nam is t h e .............................................................................................. .......4. We have a break tha t lasts th irty minutes.

We have a ______________________ :_______ _ ________ _________5. When is your birthday?

■ W hat’s ______________________________________________________6. I t’s difficult to find an apartm ent in Ha Noi.

I t’s n o t_____________________ ;___________ ________ ;__________________


WORK AND PLAYUNIT 5IN CLASS

Kết hợp các động từ ồ cột A với các từ hoặc cụm từ ỗ cột B.B

1. play a. an essay 1.2. use b. the refrigerator 2.3. do c. a picture 3.4. repair d. experim ents 4.5. draw e. a computer 5.6. write f. Geography classes 6.7. enjoy g- the guitar 7.

II. Hoàn tất các câu, dùng các môn học cho sẵn trong khung.Physics Biology Geography Math History Art Electronics Literature

1. We study different countries, rivers, mountain ranges in Geography.2. We study how to repair household appliances in ____________.3. We study how things work i n ____________ .4. We study graphs, equations, calculation i n _________ .5. We study the life of plants and animals i n ___________ .6. We study how to draw a picture in _________ .7. We study past events in Viet Nam as well as different countries i n _____8. We study stories, poems and write essays i n __________________ .

III. Đọc và đặt dâu trọng âm các từ.Ex: 'crnthord iffe re n t computer chem istry geography science biology Iexperim ent appliance re/Wgerator lite ra tu re physics h is to ry

IV. Đặt cẵu hỏi và viết câu trả lời theo từ gợi ý.Ex: She/ Math// graphs, equations, calculation

What does she learn in Math?~ ễùẽ. learns graphs, equations and calulation.

1. You/ Music// how to sing and play the piano

2. Lan/ History// past events in Viet Nam and around the world

3. They/ English// how to speak, listen, read and write in English

UNIT 5: WORK AND PLAY 3 3

4. Ba/ Electronics// how to repair household appliances

5. We/ Computer Science// how to use a computer

6. Nam and Nga/ Physical Education// how to keep fit

V. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của các động từ trong ngoặc.My brother (b e )_______ a journalist. He (w ork)_________ for a newspaper

office in Ho Chi Minh City. Every day, he (go) ________ to work at 6.30 a.mand (com e)_______ __ back home at 5p.m. He often (trav e l)________to Ha Noion business. He (enjoy) ________ his work very much. In his free time, mybrother (learn)______ to play the guitar. He can (p lay)______ pretty well. Nowmy family (be)______ _ in the living room. My brother (play)______________the guitar and we (listen) _________________ attentively.

VI. Hoàn tâì đoạn văn với những từ cho sấn trong khung. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.finish last classes at interested Computer Science from grade

Mai is a student (1)______ Quang Trung school. She is in (2)_______ 7. Shegoes to school (2)________ Monday to Saturday. (4)_______ _ always begin atseven o’clock and (5)_________ at a quarter past seven. Today, Mai has fourclasses: English, Geography, Computer Science and Physics. Mai is (6) _______in computer, so her favorite subject is (7)_______________ . She thinks Geographyis difficult and so is English. Mai’s (8L>_________ lesson is Physics. In Physics,she does some experiments.

1. W hat school does Mai go to?

2. Which grade is she in?

3. How often does she go to school?

4. W hat time do classes s ta rt and end?

5. How many classes does Mai have today? W hat are they?

6. Which subject does Mai like best?

7. W hat does she th ink about Geography and English?

8. W hat does Mai do in Physics class?


i r s ĩm E F0R RECESS

I. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng.Ex: t_m_ time1. r_e___s 4. ch_t 7. p_n P_12. h___py 5. r_ l_x 8. en_rg_t__c3. __xe__t__đ 6. a__ti___ ty 9. _prt_b_e

II. Sắp xếp các danh từ vào các nhóm thích hợp.atlas catch skip rope history calculator marble computer science

bell m ath basketball ball physics earphones blindm an’s buff guitar literature soccer biology

subjects (m ôn học) things (đồ vậ t) ac tiv ities (hoạ t động) history atlas catch

III. Đặt các trạng từ vào đúng vị trí trong câu.Ex: My father drinks coffee, (never)

My father never drinks coffee.1. I go to the English club, (often)

2. They play catch at recess, (usually)

3. The school yard is noisy a t recess, (always)

4. He don’t go swimming on the weekend, (often)

5. Where do you go on your holiday? (usually)

6. Nam is late for school, (never)

7. Does she skip rope at recess? (always)

8. You can drink a little coffee, (sometimes)

9. I am very hungry by lunchtime, (usually)

10. The students speak English in the classroom, (always)


IV- Viết câu với các từ gợi ý, dùng thì hiện tại đơn (present simple tense) hoặchiện tạĩ tiếp diễn (present progressive tense)Ex: Lan/ often/ go to the zoo Lan often goes to the zoo.

Nam/ play/ the guitar/ now Nam is playing the guitar now.1. Minh/ go swimming/ every afternoon

2. My brothers/ play/ tennis/ a t the moment

3. I/ read/ an interesting novel

4. We/ sometimes/ play/ marbles at recess

5. Some students/ eat and drink/ at this time '

6. My father/ watch/ the news on TV

7. Phong/ play/ computer games/ in his free time

8. The boy/ swap/’cards with his friends / now

V. Đặt câu hỏi và trả lời theo các từ gợi ý.Ex: you/ often// play catch

What do you often do at recess? - We often play catch.

1. Nga/ always// skip rope

2. they/ usually// eat and drink

3. you/ often// talk with friends

4. your siter/ never// play marbles

5. you and Nam/ always// play catch

6. he/ usually// read a book

VI. Viết các mâ?u đối iMoậi.Ex: they/ play catch A

BAB

What are they doing? They are playing catch. Do they often play catch? Yes. They usually do.


1. Nga/ practice the pianoA :________________B: __________________________________________________________ __A: ________________________________________________________ _B: ________________________________

2. you/ play soccerA: ________________________________________________ ________________B :______________________ ________________________________A :________________________________ _____________________B:_____________ ______________ _____________________ _______ ;______ _

3. Nam and Ba/ talk with their friendsA :_____________ ________ ____________________ ___________ _B: ____________________________ _________ _____________________A :___________________________________ _________________________ __B :_______ ____________ _________________ __________ ;___________ _

4. your brother/ play marblesA :_______________ ________________________________________B: _________A: ____________ _____________________________________________ _B :________ ;__________ 1________

VII. Điền giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.1. Mai is a student ______ Quang Trung School. She i s ___grade 7.2. _______ school she learns lots of different things.3. Mai is very in te re s te d ________ computers.4. She has G eography________ Monday and Thursday.5. ______ her Geography class, she learns about different countries.6. Ba is good _______ fixing things. ,7. He learns to play the g u ita r_______ his free time. !8. W hat do you usually d o __\ recess?

VIII. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE (T) hoặc FALSE (F).American students take part in different activities at recess. The energetic

students often play basketball, but they never have time to play a whole game. They just practice scoring goals. Many of the students listen to music. Sometimes they read or study at the same time. Some of the children, mainly boys, swap baseball cards. They swap cards with their friends, so they can get the one they want. E ating and talk ing with friends are the most common ways of relaxing at recess. These activities are the same all over the world.

1. American students do different activities at recess time. ______2. Energetic students often play a game of basketball at recess. _____3. Sometimes students listen to music and study at the same time. _ _ _ _ _4. Baseball cards are popular with boys only. _ _ _ _ _5. Eating and talking with friends are popular activities worldwide. ______

UNIT 5: WORK AND PLAY 37

TEST FOR UNIT 5I. Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.

Ex: It’s t im e ____ recess.a. on (b) for c. to d. at

1. Not many students are ________ in grammar.a. interested b. favorite c. good d. excited

2. In Computer Science, Mai learns ________ to use a computer.a. what b. when c. how d. where

3. She ________ some experiments in Physics class.a. makes b. learns c. does d. enjpys

4. I n _________ , we study past events in Viet Nam and around the world.a. History b. Literature c. Geography d. Physics

5. All the students enjoy _ _ _ _ _ _ on the weekend.a. to camp b. camping c. camp d. to camping

6. American students take p a r t _______ different activities at recess.a. on b. at c. in d. for

7. Vietnamese students often talk together at _______ ?a. present b. recess c. the moment d. school

8. Talking is _________ common way of relaxing.a. more b. most c. the most d. the more

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.1. Tim (not work) this week. He’s Oil holiday.2. She (studv) maps in Geography.3. Ba is good at (fix) thing’s.4. Thev (do) some experiments at the moment.5. He (be) a famous author one day.6. We often (go) to English club after school.7. He enjoys (draw) pictures.8. Ba learns (repair) household appliances.9. When the bell rings, everyone (go) indoors and classes (begin)

again.10.. The students (write) an essay in Literature next Monday.

III. Đặt câu hỏĩ cho các từ được gạch dưới.1. She goes to school six days a week.

2. We learn how to use a computer in computer science class.

3. Her favorite subject is English.

4. This book is 80,000 dong.

5. They are playing catch in the school yard.


6. I usually talk with my friends at recess.

7. My father is jogging in the park .

8. Classes always begin at seven o’clock.

IV. Sắp xếp các từ hoặc cụm từ thành câu hoàn chỉnh.1. computer/ class/ Hoa/ use/ in/ Computer Science/ how/ learns/ to/ a/ her.

2. rings/ bell/ the/ noisy/ yard/ is / until/ the/ very.

3. eating/ are/ the most/ chatting/ common/ ways/ recess/ at/ OÍ7 relaxing/ and.

4. Geography/ study/ do/ what/ in/ you/ class?

5. playing/ like/ students/ some/ are/ games/ catch/ or/ blindm an’s bluff.

V. Chọn từ thích hợp để hoàn tâ't đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.Nga is a student at a (1)________ school. She is in grade 7. She goes to

school from Monday to Saturday. Her school is on Nguyen Trai Street. It hasthree floors and her (2)__________ is on the first floor. At school, Nga learnsmany subjects (3)_______ as English, Math, Literature, History, Geography,Physics, Music, Art, Sports, Computer Science, etc. Nga is interested (4)past events in Viet Nam and around the world, so her (5)_______ subject isHistory. She also likes Literature and English.

At 9.20, she has recess. She often (6)______ rope with her friends at recess.Sometimes they play games (7)______ blindm an’s bluff or catch. Sometimesthey chat with each other. Nga is always happy and (8)______ after recess.

1. prim ary secondary nursery2. classroom lesson household3. so such like4. in on a t5. im portan t in teresting favorite6. skips plays runs7. likely like alike8. nervous relaxed exciting1. Where is Nga’s school?2. How often does Nâ go to school?3. W hat is her favorite subject?4. W hat does she learn in the History class?5. W hat does she often do at recess?6. How does she feel after recess?


AFTER SCHOOLn WHAT DO YOU DO?I. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng.

Ex: h_m_w__ k homework1. v__ll_yb__ Ị 4. c__l_br__t___ n 7. e_ll_c_j__n2. p_st___e 5. a_t_v__ty 8. pr_s_d______ t3. a_ni_er__ ry 6. d__ff__r___ t 9. c__fet_r__a

II. Dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung để hoàn iất các câu.pỉays go rehearsing collecting tidy watching lying

1. You should _____________ your room every day.2. The children like _____________ stamps.3. They a r e _____________ a new play.4. S h e _____________ the violin in the school orchestra.5. Nam i s _____________ on the couch______________ television.6. We o f te n _____________ to the school cafeteria at recess.

ill. Viết các lời đề nghị hoặc gợi ý, dùng Let’s S h o u ld we... ?Ex: go to the movies Let’s go to the movies■

Should we go to the movies?1. play soccer

2. go swimming

3. invite him to the party

4. go to the library

5. travel by bus

6. visit our old teachers

IV. Sắp xếp cáo từ thành câu hoàn chỉnh.Ex: the/ never/ she/ does/ housework She never does the housework.1. always/ church/ he/ to/ goes/ Sundays/ on.

2. they/ free/ usually/ are/ the/ weekend/ on.

3. marbles/ boys/ often/ the/ recess/ play/ at / do?

4 0 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 * PHAN BÀI TẬP

4. library/ I/ in/ study/ school/ after/ the/ sometimes.

5. Phong/ interested/ is/ in/ always/ music.

6. never/ my/ can/ meal/ a/ cook/ good/ sister.

V. Đặt câu hỏi về những hoạt động sau buôl học và viết câu trả lời theo từ gợi ý.Ex: you/ play badminton

What do you usually do after school? ~ I usually play badminton.1. Nam/ study in the library

2. Ba and Phong/ play video games

3. your brother/ watch videos

4. they/ go to the stamp collector’s club

5. you/ learn to play the piano

6. your children/ go swimming

7. Mai/ skip with her friends

8. your sister/ help my m other with the housework

VI. Dùng các từ gợi ý để đặt câu hỏi “How often” và viết câu trả lời.E x: Nam/ go to the movies// usually

How often does Nam QO to the movies?He usually goes to the movies.They/ play volleyball// every afternoon How often do they play volleyball?They play volleyball every afternoon.

1. you/ go swimming// three times a week

2. Nam/ play computer games// sometimes

3. you / go to the zoo// once a year

UNIT 6: AFTER SCHOOL 4 1

4. he/ study in the library// usually

5. Hoa/ write to Tim// every month

6. they/ play tennis// often

7. the students/ go camping// twice a year

8. Nga’s father/ watch TV// every night

MIL Hoàn tất đoạn hội thoại.NamTuânNamTuânNamTuân

NamTuânNam

( 1) __________:___________________I am learning English.You work too much. You (2)__OK. (3)______ go swimming.

Tuan?

relax.

Great idea! (4 )__Yes. I usually (5)(6 ) _____________

you often go swimming?___swimming after school.____ usually_____ after school, Nam?

I often play video games.Do you (7 )_____ _ sports?Yes. I sometimes play badminton.

LET'S GO!I. Dùng các từ cho sẩn trong khung để hoàn tâ't các câu.

survey entertainment organizations models instrument community

1. There are many kinds o f _____________ at the village fair.2. You should learn to play a m usical__________ such as the guitar.3. A magazine _______ shows that many teenagers like pop music.

. of things such as cars or planes._______ such as scouts or guides.___________ service.

4. My brother likes m ak in g___5. Teenagers can attend youth _6. Many young people are doing

II. Đọc và đặt dâu trọng âm các từ.Ex: '/avoriteassignm ent en teriam m ent program especially com7?2imity volunteer

teenager organisationenvironm ent campaign


III. Điền vàp chỗ trông với shoíildhoầc shouldn’tEx: Children should drink lots of milk.1. You .______help your mother with the housework.2. Young peop le__________ do more to help elderly people.3- Students ____________ go to school late.4. S h e _brushes her teeth after every meal.5. You ________ drink beer. It’s not good for your health.6. ___________ children stay up late? - No, th e y __________ .7. W e _________ eat a lot of fruit and vegetables.8. C h ild ren_________ work too much. T hey _________ relax and play games

in the sun.

IV- Viết câu để nghị hoặc gợi ý, dùng Let’s What about Why don’t we...?Ex: play volleyball Let’s play volleyball.

What about playing volleyball?Why don’t we play volleyball?

1. go to the school cafeteria ___________________________________ ______

2. eat in fast food restaurant

3. do homework together

4. play table tennis

------------ á------.------------------------------ ------------------ị.5. go to the beach __________ __________________________1

6. go shopping

V. Đưa ra lời mời, dùng ấũ Would you likeEx: go to the movies with us Would you like to go to the movies with us?

a sandwich Would you like a sandwich?1. play basketball ______ _________________________________2. some coffee ■ _______ '_____________________ _______ _3. come to my house for dinner _______________________________________ _4. fried chicken ________________________________________5. sit down ________________________________________6. some orange juice

UNIT 6: AFTER SCHOOL 43

7. go shopping ________________________________________8. an apple ________________________________________

VI. Sắp xếp các câu thành đoạn hội thoại hợp lý.___ At six o’clock. After party, we are going to see a movie. Will you join us?___ Yes. rd love to. W hat time?___ That’s too bad.

1 Would you like to come to my birthday party tonight?___ I’m sorry. I can’t. I have too much homework.___ It’s my pleasure.____Thanks for inviting me.

VII. Hoàn ta't đoạn văn với những từ trong khung, sau đó viết TRUE hoặc FALSE.far need can organizations willing having

You (1)_______ change the world with the daily interactions you have withyour family friends, and people in your community. You do not have to go(2)_______ to find someone who needs your help. There are (3)_____________ inall communities th a t help the homeless, provide support for old people, providedaycare for families tha t are (4) ____ a hard time, or build hou~es for thosein (5)__________ . There is a huge need for teens tha t are (6)____________to help.

1. Teenagers can’t help make the world become different. ________2. There are a lot of people who need help around you. ________3. Community organizations provide help to people in need. ______4. Community service programs are offered to adults only. ______

TEST FOR UNIT 6I. Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điển vào chỗ trống.

Ex: ______ are you doing?@ W hat b. Who c. When cL Where

1. You work toò much. You relax more often.a. can b. should c. will d. shouldn’t

2. That’s a good ! Let’s £fo to the beach.a. thinking b. answer c. idea d. question

3. come to mv house? - OK. Let’s so.a. Why don’t you b. Let’s c. W hat about d. Would you like

4. Ba collects stamps for fun. He is a stampa. collecting b. collection c. collector d. collected

5. N sa is a play for the school anniversary celebration.a. making b. rehearsing c. practicing d. playing

6. W hat about Ha Long Bay?a. to visit b. visit c. visiting d. visited

7. Wednesday afternoons, he and his friends £fet together.a. In b. On c At d. For

4 4 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN b à i t ậ p

8. Thanks for inviting me to your birthday party.a. Good idea! b. I’d love to. c. I t’s my pleasure, d. T hat’s right.

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.1. Where (b e )__________ your friends?

- They (study) _____________________ in the library.2. Minh usually (play) ___________ volleyball after school. Now he (play)

________________ volleyball in the sports ground.3. Children shouldn’t (stay) _________ up late.4. Next Sunday is Nga’s birthday. She (inv ite)_____________ some friends

to her birthday party.5. He enjoys (collect) _____________ stamps and coins.6. Next year, my sister (be) ____ ______ a teacher.7. I (do) _____________ my m ath homework at the moment.8. Nam isn’t very fit. He (not do) _____________ any sport.

III. Kết hợp các câu đề nghị ở cột A với các câu trả lời thích hợp ỗ cột B.A

1. Should we go home?2. Let’s go to the cafeteria?3. W hy don’t you come and p lay

volleyball?4. Would you like another cake?5. What about playing computer games?6. Would you like to come for dinner?1 .___ 2 ._____ 3 .____ 4 .___ 5._____ 6

IV. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ gạch dưới.1. _____________________________

Ba. Oh, I really don’t like playing games.b. G reat idea! Let’s get some cold

drink.c. Yes, please.d. OK. We are all tired.e. I’d love to. W hat time?f. Sorry. I’ve too many assignments.

She is practicing the piano.2 .

3.

4.

5.

6 .

7.

“ I usually play soccer after schoọl.

My father likes playing tennis.

M inh goes swimming three times a week.

- They are going to see a movie tonight.

- Nga wants to go shopping.

The children are in the library.

- Children should brush their teeth after meals.

UNIT 6: AFTER SCHOOL 45

v„ Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE hoặc FALSE.Vietnamese students take part in different after-school activities. Some students

are in terested in sport. They often play soccer, table tennis or badminton. Sometimes they go swimming in the swimming pools. Some students like music, drama and movies. They often practice playing musical instruments in the school music room. They join in the school theater group and usually rehearse plays. Some are members of the stamp collector’s club. On Saturday afternoon, they get together and talk about their stamps. A few students stay at home and play video games or computer games. Most of them enjoy their activities after school hours.

1. Vietnamese students don’t like playing sports after school. _____2. Students often practise playing musical instrum ents a t school. _____3. Members of the stamp collector’s club get together once a week. _____4. Most students play computer games after school. _____5. Many Vietnamese students enjoy their after-school activities. _____

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. (Chọn từ có phần gạch dưới phát âm khác các từ khác.)1. a. rehearse b. please c. teach d. cheap2. a. invite b. skip c. assign d. stripe3. a. house b. happy c. how d. hour4. a. subject b. lunch c. busy d. study

II. Choose the correct word to fill in the blank. (Chọn từ thích họp đểdiền vào chỗ trông.)1. My father n e v e r_____ _____coffee, (drink/ drinking/ drinks/ to drink)2. Nam likes __________ volleyball, (play/ playing/ plays/ to playing)3. There are __________TV programs for teenagers nowadays, (little/ few/

much/ any)4. _________ do they get together? ~ Every Wednesday afternoon. (Where/

How/ When/ How often)5. The magazines are on the ra c k s______ the middle of the room, (on/ in/

at/ from)6. A ________ CD player is good because you can take it everywhere, (portable/

modern/ good/ powerful)7. Reading is her favorite ___________ , (pastime/ action/ subject/ sport)8. I n _________ , we do some experiments. (Math/ History/ Chemistry/ English)

III. Supply the correct form or tense of the verb in brackets. (Cho dạng hoặc thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.ìIt (be) _________ half past seven in the evening. All the people in Nam’s

family (be) _____ at home now. His father likes (read) _________ newspapersbut now he (w atch)_____________ the news on TV. His m other usually (teach)_________ Nam and his sister English but at present she (m ake)_______________4 6 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

a cake in the kitchen. Nam and his sister (p la y )______ ___ chess. They all(enjoy) _________ a happy Saturday evening.

IV. Match the sentence (answer) in column B with the sentence (question) in column A. (Ghép các câu ở cột B với các câu ở cột AJ

A1. When do you have English classes?2. When will you sit your final exams?3. W hat do you usually do at recess?4. W hat sports do you like playing?5. How often do you go swimming?6. W hat a nice dress!7. W hat about having some cold drink?8. Thank you for coming.

1 .___ 2 .____ 3 .____ 4 . ____ 5. 6 .____ 7.

Ba. Twice a week.b. Next weekc. Thanks. I’m glad you like it.d. On Tuesday and Friday.e. I talk with my friends.f. Badminton.g. Not at all.h. OK. Let’s go to the cafeteria.

V. Supply the correct form of the word in brackets. (Cho dạng đúng cửa từ trong ngoặc.)1. My brother is v e ry ______ . He likes sport and is good at it. (sport)2. Most A m erican______ _1 like eating fast food, (teen)3. She is making a 2_______of coins and medals, (collect)4. Pablo Picasso was a talented __________ . (art)5. I t’s a re a l ly ___________ TV programme, (interest)6. The most p opu lar___________ at recess is talking, (act)

VI. Complete the passage with the words from the box. (Hoàn tâ ĩ đoạn văn với các từ trong khung.}

titles order it find should library librarian showHow do you (1)______ a book in the library? You (2)________ look in th|3 card

index. These cards (3)________ the subjects. They are in alphabetical (4) _____ .There are two sets of cards in the (5) One is authors and the other is(6)_______ . If you know both the author’s name and the title of the book, youcan find (7)____ very easy. If the book isn’t on the shelf, ask the (8)__________to get it for you.

- card index (n): bộ phiếu thư mục - title (n): tên sách - author (n): tác giả

VII- Do as directed in brackets. (Làm theo chỉ dẫn trong ngoặc.)1. He goes to the library three times a week. (Make question).

2. They will accept our offer. (Change into negative form)

3. W hat do you usually do after school? (Answer the question)

4. We play soccer. (Make a suggestion, use “What about

TEST YOURSELF 47

UNIT 7IP A STUDENT'S WORKI. Tìm từ không cùng loại với các từ còn lại-

Ex: July May CMoiidaỵ>

4. American5. typical6. Christm as trees presents

2. summer3. review

Ex: July1. late easy

holidaykeenE asterhard

flowers

in terestingC hristm aslazy

homeworkspring

Septemberlongfallim portan tThanksgivingfam ilywine

II. Xếp các danh từ sau thành hai nhóm: đếm được và không đếm được.English egg orange milk vacation hour homework soup musicvegetable rice letter orange juice fruit month* flower money people Countable n ou n s:__________________ :______________________________ _

Uncountable nouns:

III. Điền vào chỗ trốhg vđi a few hoặc a little.Ex: We only have a few flowers.

There is a little milk in the refrigerator.1. She asks u s _______ questions.2. I can sp e a k _____________ French.3. _____________ people go to the meeting.4. There are only ______________ books on the shelf.5. My father is e a tin g ______________chicken soup.6. They will h a v e _____________ milk for breakfast.7. There a r e _____________ letters in the letter-box.8. He has '__________money and he will b u y ______________ vegetables.

IV. Cho dạng so sánh thích hợp của các từ trong ngoặc.Ex: Nam i s ___ taller_____ than his sister, (tall)1. Mr. Tan works ________ hours than my father, (many)2. Summer vacation is the _________ vacation, (long)3. Vietnamese students hav e_______ vacations than American students, (few)4. Students today seem to have _________ time for relaxation, (little)5. Christm as is one of the _____________ vacations in America, (important)6. This old woman h a s ________ money than all of her daughters, (much)7. Bill i s _________ than you. (good)


8. Vietnamese students work __________ than American students, (hard)9. He is t h e _______ teacher, even though he has t h e _________ experience.

(good - little)10. English class is ___________ ______ than History class, (interesting)

V. Cho thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.Ex: She (com e)____ will come_____ tomorrow morning.1. Hoa always (spend)________ time with her family on summer vacation.2. My m other (w ork)_________ part-time three mornings a week.3. W h a t________ you (like) _____ doing during your vacations?4. I t’s ten to seven. Hurry up or you (b e )____________ late for school.5. Mr Tuan and his brother (work) ____________ in the fields from 9 am

till 4 pm every day.6. Hoa (have)______breakfast with her uncle a t the moment.

They ( ta lk )_________________________ about Hoa’s work.7. In the future, we (not have) _____________ much work to do.8. Look! The cat (eat) ____________________your breakfast!

VI. Đọc lá thư. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.July 2nd Dear Tim,Thanks for your letter. I am very glad to hear that you are fine. I am fine, too.

It’s really interesting to know about vacations of American students.You are right. We have fewer vacations than American students. Each year,

we just have about four vacations. We have a day off for Independent Day on September 2nd, two days off on April 30th and May Day. Our most important vacation is Tet. Tet holiday often lasts for nine or ten days. Our longest vacation is summ er vacation. It las t for alm ost th ree m onths. We usually spend our vacation time with our families. We don't have vacations for Easter, Thanksgiving and Christmas, but we also celebrate them.

Please write and tell me your last summer vacation.Your friend,Hoa

1. Do Vienamese students have more or fewer vacations than American students?

2. How many vacations do Vietnamese students have? W hat are they?

3. Which vacation is the longest?

4. Which vacation is the most important?

UNIT 7: THE WORLD OF WORK 4 9

5. How long does Tet holiday last?

6. W hat does Hoa do during her vacations?

7. Do Vietnamese students have Christmas vacation?

n THE WORKERI. Kết hợp các động từ ỏ cột A với các từ hoặc cụm từ ở cột B.

A B1. repair a. eggs 12. feed b. golf 23. collect c. buffalo shed and chicken coop 34. clean d. machines 45. send e. pigs, buffalo and chickens 56. play f. vegetables 67. grow g* a postcard 7,

II. Dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung để hoàn tâ't các câu bên dưới.mechanic nurse driver musician farmers teacher author plumber

1. Tim’s father repairs machines in a factory. He is a ___________ .2. My aunt writes books. She is a n ___________ .3. He plays the piano in the orchestra. He is a ___________ .4. Miss Thanh takes care of sick people. She is a ___________ .5. They work on the farms in the countryside. They a r e ___________ .6. Tam drives a taxi. He is a taxi ___________ .7. Dave installs and repairs water pipes. He is a ____________ .8. Mr. Robinson teaches English in a high school. He is an English_____ __

III. Viết thành các tính từ ghép (compound adjectives).Ex: A break lasts twenty minutes. A twenty-minute break_______1. A summer vacation lasts three months. ___________________________2. A tour lasts six days. ___ Í __3. A rest lasts ten minutes. ___________________________4. A report longs three pages. _______ ___________ ;_______5. A stamp costs five hundred dong. ________ _________ ________6. A class lasts two periods. _________ __________ _______

IV. Hoàn tất các câu, dùng nhóm từ so sánh more than; fewer... than; less... thiEx: He works 72 hours a week. His wife works 56 hours a week.

-> He works more hours than his wife.—» His wife works fewer hours than he.

5 0 BẢI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

1. I have 20 books. My friend has 18 books.-» My friend h a s _________ books__________ I.—» I h a v e _________ books__________ my friend.

2. Lan drinks two glasses of milk a day. Nga drinks three glasses of milk.-> Nga drinks ______ milk ________Lan.-» Lan d r in k s _________ m ilk __________ Nga.

3. Hoa has four vacations a year. Tim has six vacations a year.—> Hoa has _________ vacations __________ Tim.-» Tim h a s _________ vacations __________ Hoa.

4. Tan eats two slices of beef. Ba eats one slice of beef.—> Ba e a t s __________ b e e f_________ Tan.—> Tân e a t s _________ b e e f__________ Ba.

5. Mr. Tuan has four days off a month. His wife has eight days off a month.—> Mr. Tuan h a s ______ _ days o ff_________ his wife.—» Mr. Tuan’s wife h a s _________ days o ff_________ _ he.

6. Thu spends fifty thousand dong a week. Loan spends seventy thousand dong.-> Loan spends __________m oney__________ Thu.-» Thu sp e n d s____ ____ money __________ Loan.

V. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của các động từ trong ngoặc. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏLFrom about nine in the morning until four in the afternoon, Mr Tuan (work)

________ in the fields with his brother. They (grow)_________some rice, but theirmain crop (be) _______ vegetables. From twelve to one o’clock, Mr. Tuan (rest)________ and (eat)_______ lunch. At four in the afternoon, they (come)______ (_back home. Mr. Tuan (feed) ________ the animals again. Then he (clean) _ _ _ _ _the buffalo shed and the chicken coop. His work usually (fin ish)________ ; at six.

1. What does Mr. Tuan do from nine in the morning until four in the afternoon?

2. Who does he work with?

3. W hat do they grow?

4. W hat is their main crop?

5. W hat does Mr. Tuan do from twelve to one o’clock?

6. W hat time do they come back home?

7. W hat time does his work usually finish?

UNIT 7: THE WORLD OF WORK 5 1

TEST FOR UNIT 7I. Chọn từ, cum từ hoặc câu thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.

Ex: _______ does your class start?a. W hat b. Where (a) W hat time d. Why

1. The summer vacation _____' for almost three months.a. longs b. lasts c. spends d. finishes

2. When there is work, he firoes to the city.a. many b. fewer c. less d. least

3. What will you do vour summer vacation?a. during b. for c. in d. with

4. Who’s taking of the family when your mother's away?a. part b. day c. care d. time

5. Mv brother likes watching soccer. -a. I do, too. b. So like I. c. I am, too. d. So I do

6. Mr. Tuan has davs off than Mr. Jones.a. many b. less c. fewer d. much

7. Hoa is a student and she studies hard.a. keen b. lazy c. fast d. nervous

8. Thanh helps children to learn. She IS aa. doctor b. musician c. teacher d. writer

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ.1. I (come) __________ _ and see you sometime.2. Mr Jones (g e t)____________ seven public holidays each year.3. We all like (w alk )_____________ along the beach in the morning.4. Mr. Tuan and his brother (w ork) _on his farm right now.5. Don’t worry! You (have)_________. lots of friends soon.6. Students have to (review )____________ their work carefully before tests.7. They always (go) ____________ to Nha Trang on summer vacation.8. Don’t shout! The teacher (com e)_______________ .

III. Cho dạng thích hợp của từ trong ngoặc.1. I find History re a l ly _____________ . (interest)2. I hope you’ll join in our C h ristm as__________ . (celebrate)3. He e a rn s _____________ money than his wife, (much)4. Summer holiday is the ________ holiday in Viet nam. (long)5. I will _______ _____be back by ten. (definite)6. V ietnam ese__________ have fewer vacations than American ones, (study)7. We should do more to h e lp ___________ people, (home)8. She k n o w s___________ than I do about it. (little)


IV. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới.1. Our school year starts on September 5th.

2. Our summer vacation lasts for three m onths.

3. The longest vacation is summer vacation.

4. I usually visit my grandparents during my vacation.

5. My m other works eight hours a day.

6. Mr. Robinson is an English teacher.

V. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE hoặc FALSE.Christm as is a holiday when people get together with family. People give

presents to each other or send cards wishing each other a m erry Christmas. At Christmas, people decorate Christmas trees and put up lights around the house. A common Christm as dinner IS turkey. There are also lots of baked goodies for the kids. Christm as begins on the day before Christmas, or Christm as Eve and continues until Boxing Day, when many people go shopping for sales.

1. People usually spend Christmas with their f a m i l y . _________2. People send Christm as greetings to each other. _________3. People put up Christm as trees around the house. ______ __4. People often have turkey for their Christm as dinner. _________5. Many people go shopping on Christmas Eve. _______ L_

VI. Hoàn tất câu thứ ha! sao cho nó có nghĩa tương tự với câu thứ nhất.1. Tim’s father has more vacations than Hoa’s father.

Hoa’s father has2. Why don’t we go to the cafeteria?

W hat about3. Mai drinks more milk than her brother. ■ ,

Mai’s brother drinks4. I t’s necessary for students to review their work before tests.

S tudents5. We will have a vacation th a t lasts for three months.

We will have a6. Nam intends to visit his grandparents tonight.

Nam isUNIT 7: THE WORLD OF WORK 5 3

UNIT 3 ỉI ASKING THE WAYI. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trông một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng. Sau đó cho nghĩa

tiếng Việt của từ.

1. s__uv_n_r st__r_ : - _______________ ___________________________2. r___Ịw_y s t_ t___11 : ________________________ ___________ _______3. st_d___m : _________________________________________4. r_ s t___r__nt : _________________________________________5 . os__it__l : _________________________________________6. m _s___m : _______________ ;_____________ ____________7. s _ p _ rm _ _k__t : ____________________________________________8. f_c__or___ : ___________ _ __________________________

II. Hoàn tất các câu, dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung.bakery post office shoe store bank bookstore drugstore hotel movie theater

1. I usually buy shoes at t h e _______________ near my house.2. Nam is going to t h e _____to buy some medicines.3. Nga wants to see a movie. She will go to the __________ __tonight.4. She has lots of money in t h e ________ ______.5. We are going to stay at the New W orld_____________ .6. Liz wants to mail a letter. She is going to t h e _____________ .7. Bread is baked for sale in a ______________ .8. I wanted to buy some novels, so I went to t h e ______________________ .

III. Điền vào chỗ trốhg các giới từ in, on, at, for, between, opposite, from, to.1. My house is __________ the bookstore and the school.2. There is a m arket ________front of my school.3. The bus stop i s __________ the right, ___________ the post office.4. Dad i s n 't ________ home right now. He’s _________ work.5. There is a superm arket ____________Nguyen Trai Street.6. How far is i t ________Da Nang _______ Hue?7. Turn l e f t________ the next crossroads. The bank i s ________ your right.8. It takes about two hours to g e t _________Ha Noi by coach.

IV. Dùng các từ gợi ý để đặt câu hỏi với “Where” và viết câu trả lời.Ex: bank// opposite/ hospital

Where is the bank? -The bank is opposite the hospital.1. post office// next to/ bus stop

Ex: pl_e_ p/^ce nơi chốn

5 4 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHẦN BÀI TẬP

2. museum// front/ park

3. souvenir shop// between/ bookstore/ toystore

4. stadium// on/ Phan Dinh Phung Street

5. m arket// opposite/ movie theater

6. students// in/ library

7. superm arket// near/ hospital

8. drugstore// left/ my house

V. Dùng các từ gợi ý để đặt câu hỏi với “How fa r...?” và viết câu trả lời-Ex: bus stop/ school// 200 meters.

How far is it from the bus stop to school? -It’s about 200 meters.1. your house/ Ben Thanh m arket// one kilometer

2. post office/ bakery// 800 meters

3. Ha Noi/ Hue// 680 kilometers

4. your house/ school// 500 meters

5. Da Nang/ Ho Chi Minh City// 900 kilometers

6. Ha Noi/ Ho Chi Minh City// 1,700 kilometers

7. your school/ public library// two kilometers

8. Hue/ Da Nang// 100 kilometers

VI. Sắp xếp các câu sau thành đoạn hội thoại hợp lý.___ Is there a departm ent store near the hotel?___ It’s not far - just about one kilometer.___ The Metropole Hotel? OK. Go straight ahead. Take the second street on

the left. The hotel is on your right.___ Thank you very much.___ No, there isn’t. But there is a superm arket in the neighborhood.___ You’re welcome.

UNIT 8: PLACES 5 5

J__Excuse me. Could you show me the way to the Metropole Hotel?__ How far is it from the hotel to the supermarket?

i AT THE POST OFFICESắp xếp các chữ cái thành từ đúng.Ex: artekm m a rk e t___1. erle tt ___________ 5. gechan2. ren tspa ___________ 6. alppen3. am stp ______ _____ 7. ardc4. veenlope__________ _ 8. iendfr

II. Dùng các từ trong khung để hoàn tẵ't các câu bên dưới.local postcard overseas phone card receives mail

1. I want t o ____________ a letter. Let’s go to the post office.2. Hoa usually b u y s_________ _ stamps to send letters to Hue.3. Peter is a n _____________student in Viet Nam.4. Nga always __________ a birthday present from her best friend.5. You can use a _____________ to make a (phone) call.6. She sent her mother a ■__________ of the cathedral.

III. Đọc và đặt dấu trọng âm các từ.Ex: Violidayoverseas direction regularly local a ltogethersouvein ir envelope America £/iowsand vacation

IV. Viết câu theo từ gợi ý, dùng cấíi true: Subject + would like + to-inf/noun. Viết rút gọn nếu có thể.Ex: I/ send this letter/ the USA

I'd like to send this letter to the USA . Tommy/ a sandwich and a glass of milk

Tommy would like a sandwich and a glass of milk,1. Mai/ bread and eggs/ breakfast

2. Nam/ buy a phone card

3. Hoa/ some local stamps

4. They/ orange juice

5. She/ borrow some English books

6. Liz/ mail a postcard/ her friend


7. We/ a packet of tea

8. I/ tell you about my family

V. Đặt câu hỏi và viết câu trả lời về giá tiền.Ex: this book// 20,000 dong

How much is this book? -It ’s twenty thousand dong. these books/ 28,000 dong.How much are these books? -They’re twenty-eight thousand dong

1. these envelopes// 5,000 dong

2. the picture// 64,000 dong

3. this poscard// 12,000 dong

4. a local stam p and an envelope// 1,500 dong

5. those sandwiches// 8,500 dong

6. the phone card// 50,000 dong

7. a pad of paper// 15,000 dong

8. three boxes of chocolates// 75,000 dong

VI- Điền các giđi từ thích hợp vào chỗ trốhg.1. My house is j u s t ___________________ the left of the school.2. Could you show me the way ________ the supermarket?3. Nga and Hoa a r e __________ the post office now.4. They write _______ each other once a month.5. I usually buy a phone c a rd __________ the post office.6. Fd like some stamps _________ overseas mail.7. Take the first s t r e e t______ the right. The m arket is in f ro n t_____ you.8. Hoa has a pen p a l______America, so she want tò send a le tte r______thê u s .

VII. Sắp xếp các câu thành đoạn hội thoại hợp lý___ How much will it be if I send it registered?__t_ Good morning, sir. Can I help you?___ Good morning. I’d like to send this parcel to Spain.___ Fifteen pounds, sir.___ T hat’s nine pounds fifty, please.

UNIT 8: PLACES 5 7

_ Here you are. Thank you very much. Goodbye._ Do you want to send it registered?. No, th a t’s too much. I l l just send it normal post. .Yes, two stamps and this card please.. Seven pounds, sir. Anything else?

TEST FOR UNIT 8I. Chọn tù; cụm từ hoặc câu thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.

Ex: There are two bookstores_____ Nguyen Trai Street.a. at b. to (a) on d. next

1. ____ there a post office near here?a. Is b. Are c. Does d. Do

2. ________ you show me the way to the Ben Thanh market?a. Do b. Are c. Could d. Should

3. The souvenir shop is beside the hotel. It is ________ to the hotel.a. opposite b. next to c. behind d. in front of

4. I told the taxi driver to keep t h e _________ .a. stamp b. mail c. change d. card

5. _____ can I get there from here. ~You can take a bus.a. How b. When c. W hat d. Where

6. It _____ about two hours to get there.a. gets b. has c. takes d. needs

7. H ow _____ does it take to get to Ha Noi by coach? -About 18 hours.a. far b. long c. much d. often

8. How much is th a t altogether? -___________a. That is th irty thousand dong. b. It’s th irty thousands dong,c. That are th irty thousand dong. d. They are th irty thousands dong

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.1. Could you tell me how (g e t) _to the bus stop?2. Hoa and Nga (go )___________ to the post office right now.3. _______ you usually (g e t)________ up late at weekends?4. Hoa wants (go)_______ to the post office because she needs (buy) _ _ _ _ _

a phone card.5. OK. I (m a il)______________ this letter tomorrow.6. He (phone) ____________his parents three or four tim es a week.7- < they (work) _____________ at home today?8. I would like (send) _______ this letter to the u s .

III. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới.1. The hotel is opposite the museum.

2. I t’s about two kilometers from my house to the market.


3. It takes about twenty minutes to go to school by bike.

4. These envelopes cost 5,000 dong.

5. Hoa needs some stamps and a writing pad.

6. A letter to America is 9, 500 dong.

7. Liz will send these letters to her friends.

8. I would like some orange juice.

IV. Sắp xếp các từ thành câu hoàn chỉnh.1. the/ on/ right/ railway station/ the/ is.

2. is/ park/ near/ house/ my/ there/ a.

3. tell/ you/ could/ me/ toẢ the/ how/ to/ get/ souvenir shop?

4. it/ is/ how much/ to/ America / mail/ to/ letter/ a?

5. she/ to/ like/ buy/ would/ postcards/ some.

6. take/ how long/ it/ to/ Ha Noi/ does/ get/ to/ plane/ by?

V. Hoàn tất đoạn hội thoại sau, dùng sơ đồ cho sẩn.Park Hotel Market

Stadium Drugstore

Supermarket Clothing store

Restaurant

Souvenir store Post office

Museum School

T o u ris t: Excuse me. Could you show Ba : G o _____ ahead. Take the _

the to the restaurant?street on the

The restaurant is on ______ _Tourist : _______ ;____ a stadium near here?Ba : Yes, there is.

the market.

Tourist : Ba

Tourist ; Ba

tell howGo ahead. Take

there?_ on the

The stadium is Thanks a lot. You’r e _____ _

the superm arket .

UNIT 8: PLACES 5 9

AT HOME AND AWAY9UNITn A HOLIDAY IN NHA TRANGI. Cho dạng quá khứ của các động từ sau.

Ex: to help helped to haveto visit to beto arrive to goto remember to buyto return to taketo rent to seeto receive to th inkto talk to wearto stop to putto look to eatto move to giveto watch to teachto learn to make

had

II. Hoàn tâ't các câu, dùng dạng quá khứ của các động từ trong khung.buy take go return be wear eat receive

1. The seafood was very delicious.2. H o a ___________ a letter from her penpal Tim yesterday.3. I __________ to the movie theater last night.4. T h e y __________fish and crab for their lunch.5. Liz _________ to Ha Noi from Nha Trang two days ago.6. S h e ____________ a blue dress in her last birthday party.7. Mr. R obinson_________ Liz a cap.8. H e __________his children to the zoo last Sunday.

III. Điền vào chỗ trốhg dạng đúng của động từ to be: am, is, are, was, were.Ex: I am a student now.1. The hom ew ork _very difficult yesterday.2. The children __________in the park five minutes ago.3. Nha Trang _______ a beautiful place.4. I ________ late for school yesterday.5. Where _______ she yesterday? -S h e __________at home.6. W e _________ tired today. W e _________ _ at the party last night.7. S h e _______ unhappy because she doesn’t have any friends in the city.8. _________ you at home yesterday morning?


IV. Viết câu với các từ gợi ý, dùng thì quá khứ đơn (past simple tense).Ex: I/ visit my grandparents/ yesterday

I visited my grandparents yesterday.

1. She/ buy a lot of souvenirs/ last summer vacation

2. My mother/ give me a yellow cap

3. They/ arrive at the airport/ at eight o’clock this morning

4. I/ speak to her about my vacation

5. Mr. Quang/ teach mathematics for many years

6. I/ see you at the party/ last night

7. The children/ be very happy in their trip to Nha Trang

8. M inh/ put the cake on the table

9. They/ live here/ two years ago

10. Nga/ be late for school/ yesterday morning

V. Đặt câu hỏi và viết câu trả lời theo các từ gợl ỷ.Ex: you/ go to the zoo/ yesterday// Yes/ No

Did you oo to the zoo yesterday? - Yes, I did./ No, I didn’t1. Ba/ teach Liz Vietnamese// Yes

2. he/ mail his friend a postcard// No

3. they/ return home/ yesterday// No

4. Mrs. Robinson / buy a poster// Yes

5. you / send me those flowers// Yes

6. she / receive many gifts// No

7. we/ meet her a t the meeting/ last week// Yes

8. they/ live in this town/ in 1990// No

UNIT 9: AT HOME AND AWAY 6 1

WL Đọc đoạn văn. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.Last year, Minh spent his summer vacation in Nha Trang. It was the first

time he went to Nha Trang. He stayed at a friend’s house. His friend took him to see lots of in teresting places in Nha Trang such as Cham Temple, Hon Chong, Tri Nguyen Aquarium, etc. M inh saw sharks, dolphins, and many different types of colorful sea fish at Tri Nguyen Aquarium. Minh bought a lot of gifts for his friends in the souvenir shop near the exit of the aquarium. He bought him self a cap with a picture of a dolphin on it. Minh liked the beaches best. He and his friend went swimming every morning- Minh felt happy and healthy after the trip.

1. Where did Minh spend his summer vacation last year?

2. Where did he stay in Nha Trang?

3. Which places did his friend take him to see?

4. W hat did he see at Tri Nguyen Aquarium?

5. W hat did he buy in the souvenir shop?

6. How often did Minh and his friend go swimming?

7. How did he feel after the trip?

n NEIGHBORSL Điển vào mỗi chỗ trống một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng.

Ex: n _ _ __gh_____r neighbor1. h___rd__e________________ er 3. dr___sm__k__r 5. h__bb_2. m___ter___1 4. sk_t 6. e_sh____n

II. Hoàn tất các câu, dùng dạng quá khứ của các động từ trong khung.cut fit buy sew decide learn watch make wear

1. Hoa2. She

how to use a sewing machine.some m aterial and a cushion for her armchair.

4. She5. He .6. I _7. L in d a_____8. The uniform

3. Hoa’s aunt ________ Hoa’s hair short._all her own clothes._ to tell her the truth.an exciting football match on TV last night.___a long red dress to the party._________ her very well.


Ill sắp xếp các động từ sail đây vào các hàng / iđ / / t / /d / theo cách phát âm -edwanted, played, helped, fitted , liked, watched, visited, looked, needed,

remembered, stopped, talked, rented, missed, studied, started, used, learnedỈỚI _______________________ __________________________________N _____________________ ;____________________________________________/ id /__________________________________ ;____________________ _

IV. Chia các động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hỉện tại đơn (present simple tense) hoặc quá khứ đơn (past simple tense).Mr. Tam (b e )_____a teacher. Two years ago, he (teach )________ m ath at a

secondary school in the country. But now he (teach )_______ at a high school inthe city.

Every day, Mr. Tam (get) _____ up at half past five. After his morningexercises, he (take) _____ bath and (have) _______ breakfast with his wife.Then he (leave) _home for school at a quarter to seven.

Yesterday (b e )____Sunday. Mr. Tam (not go) _to school. He and hiswife (visit) _____ his parents in the countryside. He (buy) ________ them lotsof presents. Mr. Tam and his wife (spend) _______ their day off with theirparents. They (return) ____ _ home at 9.30 in the evening.

V. Viết câu phu định và nghĩ vắh.Ex: He watched TV last night. He didn't watch TV last night.

Did he watch TV last night?1. My father decorated the Christm as tree.

2. She bought a new dress yesterday.

3. They were late for school.

4. Mr. Tam took his children to the museum last Sunday.

5. Hoa made a cushion for her armchair.

6. They painted their house yellow.

7. This dress was fit.

UNIT 9: AT HOME AND AWAY 63

8. I saw her two days ago.

VI. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới.Ex: They went to Tri Nguyen Aquarium yesterday. (Where?)

Where did they go yesterday?1. Her mother save her a blue dress. (What?)

2. I went to Nha Trans’ last summer vacation. (When?)

3. Mrs. Robinson put the poster on the wall. (Where?)

4. The dress looked very nice. (How?)

5. We arrived home at 7.30. (What time?)

6. Ba spoke about his vacation. (Who?)

7. He taught English at the high school. (What?)

8. They saw her three months ago. (When?)

VII. Hoàn tâ't đoạn hội thoại, dùng các từ cho sấn trong khung.how do useful did what on small was fitted make

Oh. (1) ____ a nice skirt! Did you (2)_________ it yourself?Yes, I (3),________ . I made it three days ago. But when I tried i(4) , it didn’t fit.W hat (5)______ : the problem with it?It was too (6)__________ .W hat did you (7)_________ then?My neighbor, Mrs Mai, helped me and then it (8)___ _ very well.(9)________ clever you are!Well, I like sewing. I th ink it’s an (10)______ _ hobby.

TEST FOR UNIT 9L Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống.

Ex: H e ____ to the zoo last Saturday.a. goes (b) went c. is going d. will go

1. She talked to her fr ie n d s_______ her vacation in Da Lat.a. about b. on c. with d. for

6 4 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANII 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

Lan : Hoa :

Lan : Hoa : Lan : Hoa : Lan : Hoa :

2. I want you to meet an old friend ofa. me b. mine c. I d. my

3. Hoa thinks th a t sewing is a hobbv.a. favorite b. friendly c. useful d. in terest

4. Her job is to cut, wash and shape people’s hair. She is aa. haircutter b. hairdresser c. hairm aker d. hairshaper

5. She learned how a sewinsr machine first.a. use b. to use c. using d. used

ẹ. The earrings were a from my aunt.a. gift b. hobby c. poster d. m aterial

7. W hat children!a. a naughty b. an naughty c. the naughty d. naughty

8. Where after work yesterday?a. you went b. you did go c. did you went d. did you go

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.1. I (meet) _______ them at the movie theater last night.2. He (go) ________ to the English club every Sunday. But last Sunday he

(not g o )_____________ there, he (go)________ to the City’s Museum.3. Don’t talk to the children. They (do) ____________ their homework at

the moment.4. Two years ago, she (teach) ____________ at a village school.5. W h a t___ you (do )____ _ yesterday morning? ~ I (w rite )___ _ my essay.6. Next week, we (have) ________ dinner together.7. My sister (live)_______in a flat in London but she (trav el)__________

in Europe at this time.8. The children (be) ______ in class now, but ten minutes ago they (be)

________ in the school yard. !

III. Điền giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.1. Liz w e n t__________ Nha T ra n g ___________ summer vacation.2. W hat did you th in k _____ _ Nha Trang?3. Nam ta lk e d ______ _ his friends __________ his recent vacation.4. They returned _______Ha Noi last week.5. She made a blue d re s s ___________ her daughter.6. Her dress is green with white flow ers__________ it.7. After the holiday they returned to Ha Noi ________ plane.8. They a rr iv e d _______ Ha N o i___________ 4 pm.

IV. Viết câu phủ định và nghi vấn.1. Liz enjoyed her last summer vacation. 4. I wash my hands before meals.

UNIT 9: AT HOME AND AWAY 6 5

2. They will come there tomorrow. 5. The people were friendly.

3. Hoa likes her new skirt. 6. They are playing soccer today.

V. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới.1. I saw her last night.

2. Lan’s mother gave her a nice dress.

3. They returned to America two weeks ago.

4- Mrs. Robinson bought a poster.

5. My father was in Ha Noi last month.

6. He travelled to Nha Trang by coach.

7. She went to the doctor because she was sick.

8. Nam left home at 7 o'clock yesterday.

VI. Dùng từ cho sấn trong khung hoàn tất đoạn văn dưới. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi. at returned exciting was last postcards such much

Nam had a wonderful holiday (1)______ summer. He (2)______in Ha Noi,the capital of Viet Nam. He stayed (3)____ his uncle house for three weeks. Hevisited a lot of interesting places (4)_____ as Uncle Ho’s Mausoleum, Ba DinhSquare, West Lake, Lenin Park, ect. He bought some (5)_________ for his friendsand a cap with a national flag on it. Nam liked the cap (6) _. He wore itall day. When he (7)_________ to Ho Chi Minh City, he spoke to his friendsabout his (8)__________ vacation.

1. Where was Nam on his last summer holiday?

2. How long did he stay in Ha Noi?

3. Which places did he visit?

4. W hat did he buy?


5. Did he like the cap?

6. W hat did he do when he came back to Ho Chi Minh City.

I. Put the following verbs in the correct rows. (Đặt các động từ sau vào các hàng thích hợp Jwanted, worked, played, studied, visited, helped, missed, needed, returned,

watched, arrived, decided/ i d / _________________________________________________

N __________ ____________ _______ : _________ __ _____________/d /

II. Choose the right word to fill in the blank. (Chọn từ thích hựp để điền vào chỗ trốngJ1. He hung __________ of his favorite rock stars on the walls, (presents/

posters/ souvenirs/ envelopes)2. Students often talk together a t ______ (present/ recess/ holiday/ vacation)3. We enjoy____ _ around the world, (travel/ to travel/ travelled/ travelling)4. _____ _ to come swimming with us? ~ I’d love to. (Do you like/ Would

you like/ W hat about/ Why don’t you)5. My brother is in te re s te d ______ Math, so he is good_____ __ it. (in - in/

a t - ỉn/ in - at/ on - at)6. Vietnam ese students have ______ vacations than American students.

(many/ fewer/ much/ less) !7. How _1 are these stamps? ~ 10,000 dong, (long/ big/ far/ much)8. Hilary w a s_________ at school. A lot of people liked her. (popular/ friendly/

famous/ interesting)

III. Supply the correct form or tense of the verb in brackets. fCho dạng hoặc thì đúng cúa động từ trong ngoặc.)1. My father (not d r in k )______________ beer very often.2. They (buy) _____________a new car two m onths ago.3. Nam (help )_______________ his father repair the radio at this time.4. I (be) _ _ _ _ _ _ busy last night, so I (m iss)________ a good film on TV.5. She needs (send) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ the postcards to her friends.6. The girls like (talk) ______________ together at recess.7. We (phone) _ _ _ Mum and Dad last week but we (not see)________ them.8. My best friend (come) ______ to visit me next Sunday.

TEST YOURSELF

TEST YOURSELF 67

IV. Supply the correct form of the word m brackets- (Cho dạng thích hợp của từ trong ngoặc J1. I’m really interested in this book. I t’s full o f _______ information, (use)2. The local people were very ____________towards us. (friend)3. My father is good a t __________ household appliances, (fix)4. I t’s im portant to exerc ise____________ . (regular)5. Is there a good restaurant in the ______________ ? (neighbor)6. The _________ students often play games at recess, (energy)

V. Match the answer to the question. (Kết hợp câu trả lời với cãu hỏi.)A

1. What will you do on your next vacation?2. How much does it cost?3. How long does it take to get to school by bike?4. W hat did you do yesterday evening?5. How far is it from school to the City's Museum?6. Who helped her make the dress?1 .___ ; 2 .____; 3 . ____; 4 . ____; 5 . ____; 6. ___

Ba. It’s about two kilometers.b. Her mother.c. HI visit Ha Long Bayd. Ten thousand dong.e. About twenty minutes.f. I went to the movies.

VI. Read the postcard carefully, then answer the questions. (Đọc kỹ tấm bưu thiếp, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.)Dear Carol,We’re having a great time in Albufeira. We’re sitting in a café near the

beach. Paul’s reading the newspaper and I?m writing this postcard to you! The sun is shining and it’s really hot.

We come to Portugal every summer. We usually stay with my friend Ana, but this year we're in a hotel because Ana’s parents are staying with her.

The beaches here are fantastic. We go swimming every morning.See you soon.Love,Lisa and Paul1. Where are Lisa and P au l?_________________________________________2. W hat’s Paul doing?________________________________________________3. W hat’s the weather lik e ? ____________________________ ______________4. Where do they usually s ta y ?____________5. Where are they staying this year? ______6. W hat do Lisa and Paul do every morning?

VII. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given. [Viết lạ i các câu, bắt đầu bằng các từ cho sẩn J1. The garden is very lovely. —> W hat__________________________________ _2. Let’s go to the cafeteria. --> W h a t______________________________ _3. She likes History most. -> H e r _________ ____________________________4. Do you want to come? -> W ould______________________________________


HEALTH AND HYGIENEUNIT I 0| :. PERSONAL HYGIENEI. Kết htfp các động từ ồ cột A với tù' hoặc cụm từ thích hợp ở cột B.

B1. eat a. morning exercises 1.2. comb b. face 2.3. brush c. milk 3.4. polish d. clothes 4.5. w ash e. hair 5.6. take f. breakfast 6.7. iron g- teeth 7.8. drink h. shoes 8.

II. Hoàn tất các câu, dùng các từ trong khung.health difficult hygiene harvest helpful strange carefully

1. Farm ers are very busy dur J.xl g t h e ______________ .2. You should wash regularly to ensure personal •_______3. Swimming is good for y o u r______________ .4. My father always drives _________ _____.5. She always helps her m other do the housework. She’s very

to her mother.6. When you arrive in a new country, everything seems7. The exam wasn’t easy. It was v e ry ______________ .

III. Viết các câu mệnh lệnh hoặc yêu cầu.Ex: You should go to bed early. Go to bed early.

You should not stay up late. Don’t stay UP late.1. You should brush your teeth after meals.

2. You should not play soccer in the street.

3. You should wash and iron your own clothes.

4. You should not eat too much candy.

5. You should wash your hands before meals.

6. You should not worry about the examination.

7. You should tidy your room every day.

8. You should not forget to write to your parents.

UNIT 10: HEALTH AND HYGIENE 6 9

IV. Đặỉ câu hỏi ¥01 ấểWỀaiỹỹm trả Id! theo các từ gợi ý.E x: you/ listen to music/ yesterday

What did you do yesterday? - I listened to music.1. Nam/ play soccer/ last Sunday

2. they/ visit their grandparents/ last weekend

3. you/ do our homework/ two hours ago

4. Hoa and Lan/ go camping with some friends/ yesterday

5. the children/ study in the library/ yesterday afternoon

6. your sister/ make cushions for the arm chairs/ last night

7. you/ clean my room/ this morning

8. he/ see a movie/ last Saturday evening

V. Điền vào chỗ trong, dùng cac tư cho sến trong khung.What When Where How Who How often What time

1. _________ does she iron her clothes? - On Sundays.2. _________ did you do last weekend? - I went fishing with my father.3. _________ do you clean your room? - Three times a week.4. _________ helped Hoa make her skirt? - Mrs. Mai did.

* 5. _________ did Ba eat his breakfast this morning? - At half past six.6. _________ did your father go last night? - To my grandparents’ house.7. ._____ did you buy this dress? - Yesterday morning.8. _________ does Nam go to school? - By bike.

VI. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của các động từ trong ngoặc. Sau đó trả lời các câu hoi.Yesterday (be)______ Sunday, Nam (get)_________ up at six. He (do)_______

morning exercises. He (take) ________ a shower, (comb) ________ hair, andthen he (have) _________ breakfast with his parents. Nam (eat) ________ abowl of noodles and (d rin k )_________ a glass of milk for his breakfast. Afterbreakfast, he (help)________ Mom clear the table. After that, he (brush)_________his teeth, (p u t)______ OĨ1 clean clothes and (go)______ _ to his grandparents’house. He (have)________ _ lunch with his grandparents. He (re tu rn )_________to his house at three olock. He (do)________ his homework. He (eat) __________dinner at 6.30. After dinner, his parents (take) _________ him to the movietheater. It (be) _______ a very in teresting film. They (come) ________ backhome at 9.30. Nam (go)_________ to bed at ten.

1. W hat day was yesterday? _______________________ ___________________2. W hat time did Nam get u p ? ...................................................................... ... ... ..


3. W hat did he do after breakfast?4. Who did he have lunch w ith ?_5. W hat did he do before having dinner?6. How was the f ilm ?_________________7. W hat tim e did he go to bed?

H a bad t o o th a c h e

L Điển vào mỗi chỗ trốhg một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng.Ex: t___th teeth1. app_in__m_nt 3. t. th__ch__ 5. s_rg_r__2. đ _ n t_ s t 4. c__v___ y 6. pr__b_m

II. Điền tính từ thích hợp vào chỗ tro'ng.important kind painful healthy scared serious nervous worried

1. She is v e ry _________She always helps everyone.2. Clean teeth are ___________ teeth!3. I t’s _____________to brush your teeth regularly.4. Most students f e e l___________ before the exams.5. She’s always ___________ about her children.6. Is your decaying too th -very_____________?7. The cavity isn’t ___________ because it's small.8. I’m __________ to go out alone at night.

III. Đọc và đặt dấu trọng âm các từ.Ex: hygieneappoin tm ent p a in fu l serious cavity surgery d e n tis ttoothache nervous im portan t h ea lthy regularly polish

IV. Điền các giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.1. My m other takes c a r e __________ the family. !2. She smiled .______ the child and said “Hello”.3. I ’m really w o rried _________ my brother.4. M ilk is good__________ your health.5. Most children are scared _________ seeing the dentist.6. The dentist looked_________ _ my teeth.7. Minh has an appoinment _________ 10.30 this morning.8. Dr Lai filled the c a v ity _________ Minh’s tooth.

V. Dùng liên từ because để kết hợp các câu ở cột A VỚI các câu thích hợp ồ cột 6.A B

- I was absent from class yesterday- Minh is going to see the dentist- She has healthy teeth- Children have toothache- He was happy- We jog every morning

his decaying tooth stopped hurting, they often eat a lot of candy.I was sick.it’s good for our healthhe has a toothache.she brushes her teeth after every meal.

UNIT 10: HEALTH AND HYGIENE 71

1- / was absent from class yesterday because I was sick.2 .

3.4. ___________________________________________________________5 _____________________ :_______ _______________________________6 .

VI. Đặt câu hỏi và viết câu trả lời với Why...? và Because... .Ex: Minh/ go to the dentist?// have a toothache

Why does Minh go to the dentist? Because he has a toothache.

1. he/ be scared?// hate the sound of the drill

2. children / often 1 have toothache?// eat lots of candy

3. you/ be late for class yesterday?// miss the first bus

4. her tooth/ hurt?// have a cavity

5. they/ not come to the meeting last night?// be busy

6. she/ go to the doctor?// have a headache

7. Minh/ not say anything/ yesterday?// be very nervous

8. we/ brush our teeth after meals?// want to have healthy teeth

VII. Dùng các từ cho sẩn trong khung dể hoàn tãt đoạn văn. Sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.explains how regularly surgery kind advice looks scared

Dr. Lai is a dentist. She (1) ____after people’s teeth. Dr. Lai’s (2 )_ ______is clean and tidy, and so is her uniform. Most children are (3)_______ when theycome to see Dr. Lai, but she is a (4)______ woman. She (5)___________ what willhappen so they are not afraid. Dr. Lai often gives children (6)________ . Shetells them (7)______ to look after their teeth. She reminds them to brush theirteeth (8)__________ and eat sensibly.

1. W hat does Dr. Lai do? ____________________________________________ _2. How is Dr. Lai’s surgery? ___________ ________________________________3. How do most children feel when they come to see Dr. Lai?

4. Does she often give children advice?5. W hat does she tell th em ?______ _6. W hat does she remind th e m ?_____


TEST FOR UNIT 10I. Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trông.

Ex: He _______very happy yesterday.a. is b. were (a) was d. are

1. Sorry! I’m busy tonight. I have a n _______ with my doctor at 7 o’clock.

2 .

3.

4.

5.

a. opportunity Don’t eat too _ a. muchI’m g la d _____a. hearYou should wash your hands a. after b. in

b. occasion c. appointment____ candy. I t’s bad for your teeth.b. many c. lots of

__you are feeling better.b. hearing c. to hear

____meals.c. before

d. activity

d. more

d. of hearing

d. atdoes Minh feel nervous? -Because he is seeing the dentist.

a. How b. Whỵ e. W hat d. When6. She looks tired. W hat’s the with her?

a. m atter b. happen c. wrong d. right7. Minh is absent from class today he is ill.

a. but b. because c. when d. so8. Thanks a lot. ~

a. I’d love to. b. That’s right! c. That’s OK. d. Good luck!

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.1. She never (stay) __________ up late at night.

My brother (w ork)______________ in Ha Noi at present.W h y _______ you (leave) ___________ the party early last night?

2 .

3.4.5.6 .

7.

M inh (go) ___Mozart (play) Minh (brush)

_______to the dentist tomorrow morning.______ the piano when he (b e )_______ three years old.

- his teeth every night, but last night he (forget) _ to brush them. I

I’m scared of (h e a r)_________ the ghost stories.Remember (brush) _____ 1_ your teeth after meals.

III. Cho dạng thích hợp của từ trong ngoặc.1. He is always willing to help people. He is a

Is your back s t i l l __________ ? (pain)person, (help)

2 .

3.4.5.6 .

7.

They looked poor andShe’s h a v in g _______We are all _____

(healthy)________ with her school work this year, (difficult);__1_ about the final exam, (worry)

She always washes and irons her clothes ___________ . (care)The boys were to cross the street, (scare)

to teenagers can be difficult for parents, (talk)

IV. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới.1. We m et her at the City's Theater last night.

UNIT 10: HEALTH AND HYGIENE 73

2. Nga brushes her teeth three times a day.

3. My father was in Ha Noi three weeks ago.

4. Nam played badminton with M inh.

5. She went to the doctor because she had a backache.

6. The students are practicing their English a t the moment.

7. He had an appointment at 10.30.

8. They travelled to the USA by plane last month.

Vu Đọc đoạn vãn rồi trả lời các câu hỏi.How can we keep our teeth healthy? First, we should visit our dentist twice

a year. He can examine our teeth and fill the small holes in our teeth before they destroy the teeth. Secondly, we should brush our teeth at least twice a day- once after breakfast and once before we go to bed. Thirdly, we should eat food that is good for our teeth and our body such as milk, cheese, fish, potatoes, red rice, raw vegetables and fresh fruit. Chocolate, sweets, biscuits and cakes are harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.

1. How often should we go to the dentist?

2. W hat does a dentist do with our teeth?

3. When should we brush our teeth?

4. W hat foods are good for our teeth?

5. Why are chocolate and sweets bad for our teeth?

VL Sắp xếp các từ thành câu hoàn chỉnh.1. đentisư had/ Minh/ a/ went/ yesterday/ because/ toothache/ to/ the/ bad/ he.

2. at/ his/ looked/ told/ the/ him/ worry/ to/ not/ teeth/ and/ dentist.

3. filled/ cavity/ in/ dentist/ week/ his/ a/ tooth/ last/ the.

4. they/ scared/ children/ come/ the/ see/ feel/ when/ to/ most/ dentist.


KEEP FIT, STAY HEALTHY1 1UNITJ g ;' CHECK-UPI. Tìm từ không cùng loạĩ VÓI các từ còn iại.

Ex: chicken <yegetabT§> buffalo cow1. w eight height width heavy2. nurse scales doctor student3. measure weigh tem perature take4. s ta rted stopped protected needed5. painful ta ll record difficult6. took gave kept called

II. Dùng các từ chỡ sấn trong khung để hoàn tất các câu phía dưới.check-up records normal temperature waiting room scales height

1. ____________ is an instrum ent for weighing people or things.2. Y our______________ is 37°c.3. They filled in their medical ____________.4. ________ is a room outside a doctor’s surgery where people wait to see the doctor.5. The students of Quang Trung School are having a m edical_____________.6. Minh is about the s a m e __________ as his mother now.7. I t’s ______ to feel nervous before an exam.

III. Sắp xếp các động từ sau vào các nhóm theo cách phát âm -edcalled, filled, measured, visited, started, weighed, asked, stopped, brushed,

ironed, needed, looked, watched, hoped, collected/id /__________ ______________________________ ___________________________N ____________________ ;_________ ;____________ __________________ ,/d /___________________ :____________________ ________ __________I

IV. Viết câu yêu cầu theo các từ gợi ý.Ex: open your mouth Would you open your mouth, please?1. get on the scales _________;_________________________ ;_________ _2. show me the waiting ro o m _________ ___________ ____________________

. 3. pay me in cash ______ ___________________ .___________ _____ _____4. pass me the newspaper ________ ;_________ __________________________5. put this picture on the w all________ ______ _____________________ i___6. take me a photograph__ ________________ __________________________

V. Đặt câu hỏi với ếáHow” vằ viết câu trả lời theo các từ gợi ý.Ex: old/ you?// ten How old are you? - I am ten years old.1. tall/ he?// one m eter 50 centimeters

2. heavy/ Hoa?// 40 kilos

UNIT 11: KEEP FIT, STAY HEALTHY 75

3. high/ these buildings?// over 150 meters

4. long/ your dress?// 140 centimeters

5. deep/ the lake?// about 5 meters

6. wide/ the table?// 80 centimeters

7. much/ the shoes?// eighty thousand dong

8. big/ your house?// about 160 square meters

VI. Đặt câu hỏi với áíWhat” vh viết câu trả lời theo các từ gợi ý.Ex: the height of the mountain/ over 2,000 meters

What is the height of the mountain? - It ’s over 2,000 meters.1. your age/ ten

2. her family name/ Nguyen

3. his weight/ 45 kilos

4. your brother’s height/ one meter seventy centimeters

5. the length of the river/ about 300 miles

6. the height of tha t wall/ four meters

7. the depth of the lake/ about five meters

8. the width of the cloth/ one m eter sixty centimeters

VII. Đặt câu hỏi cho các câu sau.Ex: She is th irteen years old. —» How old is she?1. My brother is one m eter 70 centimeters tall.

How_________________________2. The building is over 100 m eters high.

W h at______________________________________3. This lake is 5 m eters in depth.

How_______;_________________________________4. Peter is 45 kilos.

W hat _________________________________5. The blue dress is 120 thousand dong.

How__________________________


6. This street is five kilometers long. W h a t___________________________

7. It is about two kilometers from here to the bus stop.How________________________ _______________ _____________________ _

8. These packets are 2 kilos.How____________________

VIII. Đọc đoạn van, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.Yesterday, Hoa had a medical check-up. F irst she filled in the medical record

and waited in the waiting room. After a few minutes, the nurse called Hoa’s name and took Hoa to the doctor’s office. The doctor asked Hoa a few questions. Then she weighed Hoa and measured her height. After th a t she took Hoa’s temperature. Next, she listened to Hoa’s heart. Then she checked Hoa’s eyes and ears. Everything was normal. Finally, Hoa left the office. She felt very happy.

1. When did Hoa have a medical, check-up?

2. W hat did she do first?

3. Who examined Hoa?

4. W hat did the doctor do before she weighed and measured Hoa?

5. Was anything wrong with Hoa’s health?

6. How did Hoa feel when she left the office?

H WHAT WAS WRONG WITH YOU?I. Sắp xếp các chữ cái thành từ dung.

Ex: seadise disease ____1. oldc _____ ■ 4. ulf ______________2. cheheađa _____________ 5. tosm aehecha _____________3. aehethtoo ______ _______ 6. tomsymp ________ -

II. Hoàn tâ't các câu, dùng dạng hoặc thì đúng của các động từ trong khung.catch cure cough sneeze disappear prevent relieve write

1. My m other ____________a sick note for me yesterday.2. Nam usually___________ a n d ____________ when he has a cold.3. H e ___________ flu last week.4. The medicines just help ______________________ the pain.5. Nobody knows h o w ____________ a cold.6. The cold will last for a few days and then ______ _______.7. W hat can we d o _____________ the spread of the disease?


111. Viết câu cho lời khuyên, dùng ushould-t- verb”.Ex: I have a stomachache, (go to the doctor)

You should go to the doctor.1. I feel very tired, (take a short rest)

2. Hoa has a bad cold, (stay in bed)

3. Minh’s room is very dirty, (clean it every day)

4. W ell have an English test tomorrow, (learn your lessons carefully)

5. Nga has a headache, (take an aspirin)

6. My teeth aren’t strong and white, (brush them regularly)

IV. Viết câu phủ định và nghi vấn.Ex: I saw her at the meeting last night.

I didn’t see her at the meeting last night Did you see her at the meeting last night?

1. Her mother wrote a sick note for her.

2. Nam was absent from school yesterday.

3. I had a bad cold two days ago.

4. Many students caught flu last month.

5. They were happy with their life.

6. He suggested going out for dinner.

7. I was busy last Sunday.

8. We enjoyed our summer vacation.


V. Viết câu trả lời đầy đủ cho các câu hỏi saiLEx: Did Minh go to the dentist? (Yes)/ (No)

Yes. He went to the dentist./ No. He didn’t ao to the dentist.1. Did Nga’s father s ta rt his new job yesterday? (Yes)

2. Did Hoa’s m other write Hoa’s sick note? (No)

3. Did the medicines relieve the symptoms of the cold? (Yes)

4. Did you take cough syrup? (No)

5. Did you have a bad cold? (Yes)

6. Did they catch flu? (No)

VI. Điển vào chỗ trông với các từ để hỏi thích hợp.Ex: What is her name? - Her name’s Hoa.1. ______ _ high are these trees? - About 15 meters.2. _________ was wrong with you? - I had a toothache.3. ______ __ is her weight? - 45 kilos.4. _________ were you yesterday? - I was at home.5. _________ school does he go to? - He goes to Hung Vuong school.6. _________ do they cost? - They cost twenty dollars.7. _______ _ did Minh have a cold? - Because he walked in the rain.8. _________ wrote a sick note for Nga? - Her mother.

VII. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE hoặc FALSE.The 'common cold’ is caused by viruses th a t infect the nose, th roat and

sinuses. It's most common during the cold w inter months and affects children and adults of all ages. Most people will catch a cold two to four times a year. A cold often s ta rts with feeling tired, sneezing, coughing, and having a runny nose. You may not have a fever, or you may run a low fever. There is no cure for the common cold. Antibiotics don’t work against viruses. All you can do to feel better is trea t your symptoms. Colds usually last about one week but can continue for as long as two weeks. They usually go away on their own.

1. People catch cold more often in the winter. ______2. , The common cold mostly affects on young children. ____3. You may have a slight fever when you catch cold. _ _ _ _ _4. Antibiotics can cure the common cold. ______ _5. Colds usua lly go away in one or tw o weeks. _ _ _ _ _

TEST FOR UNIT 11I. Chọn từ, cụm từ hoặc câu thích hợp để điển vào chỗ trông.

Ex: She filled in her m ed ical______ .a. book b. paper (c)form d. diary


1. W e ________ from the back of the house to the fence.a. weighed b. measured c. prevented d. lengthened

2. H o w ______ is Nga? -JShe is 36 kilos.a. high b. weight c. heavy d. tall

3. _______you open the dopr for me, please?a. Would b. Should c. Do d. Are

4. _______is Hoa’s height. - One meter fifty centimeters.a. How b. Which c. W hat cL When

5. Drugs helped t o _________ the pain in my chest.a. catch b. relieve c. protect d. continue

6. The nurse told H o a ________ to the waiting room.a. to return b. returning c. return d. returned

7. He was a b s e n t________ school for three days.a. for b. at c. from d. to

8. We should have a medical _____ _ every six months.a. record b. treatm ent c. check-up d. problem

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.1. Lan (be) . very tired when she (catch)______ a bad cold two days ago.2. Everybody (w a it)_____________ for the President in the hall now.3. You should (go)____________________________________ to bed early.4. I hope you (feel) __________ better soon.5. She needs (eat) _______ _a lot of vegetables and fruit.6. Jasm in (not com e)____ to the meeting yesterday.7. My father (be)______ really healthy. He never (take)__________ medicine.8. There (be) _______ nobody there when I (a rr iv e )__________ last night.

III. Cho dạng thích hợp của từ trong ngoặc.1. W hat is t h e _____ . of Eiffel Tower? (high)2. M o st_________people will recover from a cold w ithin a week, (health)3. H o w ___________ is the Nile River? (lengthen)4. Lan was absent from class because of her ________ . (sick)5. People feel ___ ___when they catch the common cold, (please)6. I have a n _____________________with my doctor at 5 pm. (appoint)7. She is still receiving a __________ treatm ent in a hospital, (medicine)8. T h e _______ _ of the backpack made the child fall over, (weigh)

IV. Dùng các từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp trong khung để hoàn tất các câu hỏi.How How long How wide How deep How far How heavy ________ How tali How often How high How much________

1. __________ are you? - One meter fifty centimeters.2. __________ does he go swimming? - Three times a week.3. __________ are these buildings? - Over 100 m eters high.4. __________ _ is it from here to the post office? - Abhut one kilometer.5. __________ is your brother? - 60 kilos.6. __________ do you go to school? - By bicycle.


7.8.

did you stay in Nha Trang? - Two weeks, is it? - I t’s twenty thousand dong.

V. Kết hợp các câu hỏi ở cột A với các câu trả lời ồ cột B.

1. W hat is his full name?2. W hat is his age?3. W hat school does he go to?4. Which class is he in?5. W here does he live?6. W hat is his height?7. How heavy is he?1 .___ ; 2. 3 .___ 4 . _____

Ba. 12 Tran Hung Dao Street.b. He goes to Le Quy Don School.c. 40 kilos.d. He?s fourteen.e. Nguyen Van Hung.f. Class 7A.g. 1,50 meters.

5 .___ ; 6. ____; 7 .____;

VI. Hoàn tâ't đoạn văn với các từ trong khung, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.running there from illness less relieve

Everybody suffers (1) the common cold a t some time or other. It isn’ta serious (2)______, but over a billion dollars is spent on different kinds of coldmedicine every year. This medicine can (3)r______ the symptoms. That is, itcan make you cough (4)____ , make your head less intense, and stop your nose(5) for a while. However it can’t cure your cold. So far, (6)______is no curefor the common cold and no medicine to prevent it.

1. Who can get the common cold?

2. How much is spent on cold medicine every year?

3. W hat can this medicine do?

4. Can this medicine cure the cold?

5. Is there any medicine to prevent the common cold?

VII. Hoàn ta't câu thứ hai sào cho nó có nghĩa tương tự với câu thứ nhất.1. How tall is your brother?■ W hat ____________________________________2. Lan was absent from class yesterday because of her sickness.

Because L a n ______ ___________________ _____ ;________ _________3. W hat is the weight of the parcel?

How ________________________________ ;___________________ •4. W hat is your home address?

W here_____________________________________________________5. W hat was your weight last year?

How m uch_______________UNIT 11: KEEP FIT, STAY HEALTHY 8 1

UNIT 12 ■mẺiỉiỉĩ[ f WHAT SHALL WE EAT?L Sắp xếp các từ vào nhóm thích hựp*

onion cucumber apple pan spinach bowl pineapple orange carrot banana chopsticks bean pea durian potato pepper spoon papaya plate mango pot watermelon glass knife

- V eg e ta b le s:____________________________________________________- F ru its:_______- Things:___________

II. Đọc và đặt dâu trọng âm cắc từ sau.jEx: ’m arketse/ection vegetable disp/ạy spinach cucumber papaya pm eapple banana durian. pepper chopstick carrot

HI. Đặt câu hỏi và viết câu trả lời theo các từ gợi ý„Ex: you/ some chicken and rice he/ go out for dinner

What would you like? What would he like?I’d like some chicken and rice. He’d like to go out for dinner.

1. Nam/ pineapple

2. she/ have cucumber salad for dinner

3. your brother/ something to drink

4. they/ fried fish, boiled spinach and some potato soup

5. you/ play some games of chess

6. Hoa’s uncle/ some spinach and cucumbers

IV. Hoàn tâ't các câu sau với too hoặc either.Ex: Hoa likes spinach and her uncle does, t o o __.

Hoa doesn’t like durian. Her uncle doesn’t, either1. We often go swimming in the summer and th e y __2. John can ride a horse. I _____________ ______3. Nam didn’t come to the party last night and Minh4. I will buy some oranges and pineapples. I ______ _

8 2 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BẰI TẬP

5. They don’t want to go out tonight and we ____________________6. The pineapples aren’t ripe, and the bananas ____________________7. Nam is hungry and his friends ____________________8. Jane won’t come. P e te r ________ ____________9. Hoa had a medical check-up yesterday morning. W e _________________10. He can’t swim and his brother ___________________ _

V. Hoàn ta't các câu sau? dùng so hoặc neither.Ex: I like beef and so does my sister.

They don’t play soccer. Neither d o . we.1. I ate bread and eggs for breakfast. _______ :______ I.2. Hoa doesn’t like pork and ___________her aunt.3. Milk is good for your health. _______________ fruit juice.4. I didn’t see her at the party last night. ______________ we.5. These boys like playing soccer a n d ______ :_those boys.6. My father won’t go to Ha Noi a n d _____________ my mother.7. Nam can swim. _____________ Ba.8. The spinach isn’t fresh. _________ ____ the cabbages.9. You should drink a lotrof milk a n d _____________ your brother.10 .1 don’t know how to cook a n d ___________ my sister.

VI. Điền từ thích hợp vào mỗi chỗ trông để hoàn tâ't đoạn văn*Yesterday morning, Hoa and her aunt went (1)_the market. They wanted

to (2)_____ some meat, vegetables and fruit for their dinner. First, they wentto the (3)______ stall. There was a (4) selection of m eat on the stall:chicken, pork and beef. Hoa doesn’t like pork and her aunt doesn’t (5)______So they bought some beef. Next they went to the (6)___________ stall,. Theybought some spinach and cucumbers. Hoa likes them and (7)_____ does heraunt. They are her aunt’s favorite vegetables. Finally, Hoa and her aunt stopped(8 )_____ a fruit stall. They wanted to buy a papaya and a pineapple, but they(9 )_____ ripe yet. Therefore, they bought (10)_______ oranges instead.

E OUR FOODI. Tìm từ không cùng nhóm với các từ còn lại,

Ex: felt1. spinach2. terrible3. d irt4. stom achache5. sugar6. washed

hadbeef

atecucumber pea

healthymaketoothache

carefully awfulenjoyw ash

sick headachesa ltaffected

soy sauce needed

cerealsadded

UNIT 12: LET’S EAT! 8 3

II. Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc.Ex: Yesterday, I had an aw fu l__stom achache___ . (stomach)1. _____________ is very important, (moderate)2. Vegetables often have ____________ from the farm on them, (dirty)3. You must wash the vegetables _____________ . (careful)4. She has a _________ lifestyle and never touches ___________ food, (health)5. We must remember to e a t __________. (sense)6. We shouldn’t eat m u ch _____________ food and sugar, (fat)7. It is im portant to eat a ____________ diet, (balance)8. The mother w as__________ worried about her son’s poor health, (terrible)

III. Điền vào chỗ trốhg với các từ chỉ lượng bất định: a few, a little, much, many.Ex: Children shouldn’t eat too much candy. 11. There is only milk in the refrigerator. Let’s buy some more.2. He drank too beer last night.3. There were too people in front of the theater.4. She has a lot of books, but only books are interesting;.5. You made so m istakes in your writing.6. He never spends too money on his vacation.7, I only have beefstead in my plate. Please give me more. :8. Please wait a minute. I want to ask vou questions. Ỉ9. How sugar do vou put in vour tea? ~ Just .10. Eat the food vou enjov. but don’t have too

IV. Hoàn tất các câu sau với (trọ) động từ thích hợp, khẳng định hoặc phủ định.Ex: My father doesn’t like durian, but my mother does .

My friends went camping yesterday, but I didn’t .1. Her friends bought picture books, but s h e _____________.2. My mother didn’t watch tha t movie, but I _____ ;______.3. Hoa likes carrots, but her u n c le___________ .4. I don’t eat plenty of vegetables, but my s is te r ___________ .5. We know how to use a computer, but th e y ____________ .6. My father doesn’t drink coffee, but my unc les____ _______.7. I won’t be at home tonight, but S u e ________ .8. Kim was in class yesterday, but Nam and B a ____________.9. Carol has a car, but J e r r y ___________ .10. Boris can’t speak Spanish, but C h r is __________ .

V. Kết hợp hai câu thành một câu, dùng so, too, either, neither.Ex: He is hungry. I am hungry.

-> He is hungry and so am u_ and I am, too.Nam doesn’t like durian. Hoa doesn’t like durian.-» Nam doesn't like durian and neither does Hoa./ and Hoa doesn’t, either.


1. They can play volleyball. We can play volleyball.

2. Mr. Tam won’t come to the party tonight. His wife won't come to the party tonight.

3. I write diary every night. My sister writes diary every night.

4. My father doesn’t drink beer. My uncle doesn't drink beer.

5. She is learning English. I am learning English.

6. Hoa ate bread and beef for breakfast. Her uncle ate bread and beef for breakfast.

7. He didn’t meet her last night. I didn’t meet her last night.

8. I’m not a doctor. They aren’t doctors.

9. Milk is good for your health. Orange juice is good for your health.

10. They m ustn’t stay up late. You mustn’t stay up late.

VI. Hoàn tất các cat! với so, too, either hoặc neither.1. Andrew can’t swim. - __________ I.2. Nam and Ba are playing soccer a n d _________ Minh.3. Hoa doesn’t like pork and her uncle _________________ .4. They won’t come to the meeting a n d ________________ we. 15. Jenny ate too much cake last night and I _______ ________ .6. She phones to her parents twice a week. - ______ ________ I.7. My sister doesn’t like the red skirt and she doesn’t like the green one

8. Jane loves dogs and she loves cats, ___________ .9. Mr. Robinson will come to the party tonight and his w ife___________ __10. Keith isn’t here today. Bill ______________.

VII. Điển các giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trốìig.1. Will they come _ _ _ _ _ dinner tonight?2. There was a wide se lec tion______ vegetab les_______ the stall.3. They s to p p ed_______ a fruit stall to buy some oranges.4. She added a little salt . the spinach.5. Hoa set the t a b le _____ plates, bowls, chopsticks, spoons and glasses.

UNIT 12: LET’S EAT! 85

6. You should eat plenty ______ fruit a r^ ™g^tables.7. Exercise is one of the im portant keys _______ a healthy lifestyle.8. Vegetables are very good ________ your health, but you should wash

them well . water.

VIII. Hoàn ta't đoạn văn vớĩ những từ cho sấn trong khung.what stay variety must affects balanced moderation but

We know that the food we eat (1)_____ _____ our whole life, so we (2)_remember to eat sensibly. We should have a (3)_______ _ diet. (4)does a ‘balanced diet’ means? It means you eat a (5)___________ of foods withouteating too much of anything. (6)______________ is very important. Eat the foodyou enjoy, (7)_______ ______ don’t have too much. This will help you (8)fit and healthy.


Ex: Would you l ik e ______ to the movies tonight?(a) to go b. going c. go d. went

1. Hoa feels sick. She ate to o _candy last night.a. much b. many c. a lot of d. more

2. Hoa like spinach and cucumbers a n d _______does her aunt.a. either b. neither c. so d. too

3. ________ is the key to good health.a. Guideline b. Moderation c. Selection d. Education

4. We usually buy our fruit and vegetab les_______ the market?a. at b. in c. to d. from

5. Good health is one o f _______ in a person's life.a. the best thing b. the best things c. best thing d. best things

6. She _ _ _ _ _ the beef into th in strips.a. made b. heated c. sliced d. took

7. I ate some spinach but Mom and D a d _____ .a. do b. don’t c. did d. didn’t

8. I didn’t like the film. - ____________a. We did, either. b. We didn’t, too.c. N either did we. d. So did we.

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.1. Yesterday morning, Hoa and her aunt (go) _______ to the market.2. I would like (buy)________ some oranges and bananas.3. Vegetables often (have) _______ dirt from the farm on them.4. Be careful! The children (cross)_____________ the street.


5. I (b e )_______________fourteen years old next week.6. Let’s (get) __________ some spinach and cucumbers.7. Alice (look)______________ for a new house. She (not lik e )____________

living in London.8. W h e n _________ you (buy)___________ this dress? - Two days ago.

ill. Cho dạng thích hợp của từ trong ngỡặc.1. You should wash sp in ach _________ before cooking them, (good)2. Sugar is n o t_______ ___food because we need it to live, (health)3. Eat some body-_________ foods, like m eat and dairy products, (build)4. There was a w id e ____________ of vegetables on display, (select)5. S h e _________a pan and stir-fried the beef and the vegetables, (hot)6. Spinach and cucumbers are m y ____________ vegetables, (favor)7. Everything in the room was extremely _____________ . (dirt)8. W alking is good for health and _____________ . (fit)

IV. Kết hợp các cụm từ hoặe câu ở cột A với các cụm từ hoặc câu ở cột B.B

a. Let’s buy some beef.b. Oranges and grapes.c. but Minh didn’t.d. I’d like some chicken and rice.e. and neither are the papayas.f. So do I.

A1. Nam went camping yesterday,2. W hat would you like for dinner?3. The pineapples aren’t ripe,4. W hat shall we buy?5. Hoa hates durians.6. W hat are we having for dessert?1.___ ; 2.____; 3.___4.______ ; 5.____; 6.

V. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE (T) hoặc FALSE (F)aThe researchers say th a t eating less m eat may be the key to keeping a

healthy weight. At the s ta rt of the research, they asked the participants from 10 European countries, including the UK, to weigh and measure their weight. Five years later, the participants reported their weight. They also filled in a detailed food questionnaire. The researchers conclusion is th a t m eat consumption was associated with weight gain in both men and women.

To lose weight is not easy. W hatever diet we do, we have to remember that exercise, a balanced diet and being happy are the keys to living a healthy life.

1. Eating less m eat may be the key to a healthy weight. ______2. Ten European countries participated in the research. ______3. There aren’t participants from the UK. ______4. Meat consumption is not associated with weight gain. _____ _5. A balanced diet alone is not enough for a healthy lifestyle. _ _ _ _ _


VI. Sắp xếp các từ thành câu hoàn chỉnh.1. have/ you/ would/ what/ for/ dinner/ like/ to/ tonight?

2. either/ can’t/ Hoa/ smell/ can’t/ her/ durians/ aunt/ the/ and.

3. must/ it/ good/ you/ spinach/ very/ but/ wash/ for/ is/ you/ carefully.

4. ate/ last/ I/ spinach/ my/ Mom/ night/ didn’t/ but/ and/ some/ Dad.

5. gave/ the/ Ba/ some/ doctor/ make/ him/ to/ medicine/ feel/ better.

TEST YOURSELFI. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of

the others. (Chọn từ có phần gạch dưới phát âm khác các từ khác.)1., a. sick b. virus c. spinach d. cavity2. a. check b. choose c. chemistry d. chance3. a. washed b. measured c. stopped d. looked4. a. m eat b. heat c. teach d. pleasant

II. Choose the right word to fill in the blank. (Chọn từ thích htfp để điền vào chẽ trống.)1. I live ____ _ away from school than you do. (far/ farther/ more far/

farthest)2. H o w _is your brother? ~ 1,70 meters, (high/ tall/ weight/ heavy)3. A balanced diet and exercise are the keys _____ a healthy lifestyle.

(of/ for/ to/ in)4. Mom doesn’t like carrots and I don’t (too/ so/ either/ neither)5. Stop, please! That is to o ___________ coffee, (many/ lots of/ much/ little)6. Are you - . of staying home alone at night? (worried/ interested/

scared/ serious)7. An went to the doctor last Sunday ■ he had a bad cold, (because/

so/ but/ and)8. We're going for a drink. Would you like to come with us? ~ ________ (Not

at all./ You’re welcome./ No, I won’t come./ Sorry. I’m afraid I’m not free.)

III. Supply the correct form or tense of the verb in brackets. (Chơ dạng hoặc thì thích hựp của động từ trong ngoặc J1. I need ( ta k e )___________ __ your tem perature first.2. I (go) _ _ _ _ _ _ to a movie last night, but I (not en joy)____________ it.


3. Would you like (have)______________ some chicken?4. Hoa (receive)_______________a letter from her m other two days ago.5. My tooth stopped (hurt) ___________ after the dentist filled it.6. Please wait here. The doctor (se e )___________ you in a few minutes.7. Everybody (know)________ the symptoms of the common cold, but nobody

(know) ________a cure.8. The smell of durians makes me (feel)______ — — ill*

IV. Supply the correct form of the word in brackets. (Chò dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc.)1. W hat's wrong with you? Why are you so ____ ____ ? (happy)2. We were all ___________ with the results, (please)3. We have to t h in k ________ about what we do next, (serious)4. _______ _______ _ in diet is the way to good health, (moderate)5. He went to the doctor because he had a __________ . (stomach)6. The cold usually lasts for a few days and t h e n ___________ . (appear)

V. Choose the underlined word or phrase that needs correcting. (Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ được gạch dưới cần sửa.)1- I need some informations about the bus schedule,

A B C D2. Was you nervous about your test the last week?

A B c D3. M arta isn’t going to leave school and so is Bill.

A B C D4. My grade on the test was worst than yours.

A B c D5. Robert works hard every day, but his brother isn 't.

A B C D ;

VI. Make question for the answer. (Đặt câu hỏi chữ câu trả !ỜL)1.

- He woke up at six o’clock yesterday morning.2.

- I brush my teeth three times a day.3.

- My m other went to the doctor because she had a headache. /4.

- She is 45 kilos.5.

- I am one m eter fifty centimeters.6.

- These buildings are over 100 meters high.


VII. Read the letter and then answer the questions* Í0ỌC lá thư, sau đó trả Sờỉ các câu hỏLìDear Mom,I received your letter two days ago. I am very happy to hear Dad and Mom are

well. I am well, too. Four days ago, I had a slight cold. I felt very unpleasant, so I went to a doctor that evening. The doctor gave me some medicines to relieve the symptoms of the cold. Now I feel better. Yesterday, I had a medical check-up. The doctor weighed me, measured my height, took my temperature, listened to my heart and checked my eyes and ears. Everything was normal. Last year, I Weighed 42 kilos and my height was 1 meter 30 centimeters. Now I am 1 meter and 45 centimeters tall. My weight is 40 kilos. I am losing two kilos. But don’t worry about me, Mom. I know how to take care of myself.

The recess is over now. I must stop writing here. I miss Mom and Dad so much, and I miss grandfather, too. Please send my regards to everybody.

Take care, Mom. W rite again soon.Love,Hoa1 - When did Hoa receive her mother’s le tte r? ________ _________________2. Why did she go to the doctor? ______________________________________3. W hat was wrong with h e r? _____ ____________________ ______________4. Did she have a medical check-up?_________________________________5. W hat did the doctor d o?_______________________ ___________________6. W hat was her height last y e a r? ____________________________________7. How tall is she now ?______________________8. Is she gaining or losing w eigh t?_____ ______________________________

VIII. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given. (Viêí lạ i các câu, bắt đầu bằng các từ cho sấn J1. W hat is your age? -» How _________________________________________2. Why don’t we buy some oranges? -> L e t 's _________________________3. Hoa and her aunt don’t like durians. -» Hoa hates durians and her aunt

4. How heavy is the fish? —» W h a t_____________ _5. Minh likes playing soccer. -» Minh is interested

9 0 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANII 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

U r" SPORTSI. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trống một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng. Sau đó cho nghĩa

tiêìng Việt của các từ.Ex: s__ rt sport : thể thao, môn thể th a o ._____________________ __1. b_dm __ t_n , : ____________________2. v__ll__ b_Jl : ._______ _____________________ ;____________ _3. sk_t__b__ rd__ng : _____________________________________________4. b__sk_.Jb__.ll ’ : _____________________________________________5. r 11 r-sk t 11 g : ____________6. b__eb__ Ị : ______________________________________________

. 7. __thl__t__es :8. t__nn__s : .. ______________________ __________________ .9. s_c__ r : -■ ______________________________________________

. 10. t_ __n_s :

II. Viết các trạng từ tương ứng với các tính từ sau.Ex: careful -* carefullyAdjectives Adverbs Adjectives Adverbsgood _____________ safe _______bad _____________ sudden _______slow _____________ careless _______quick _________ _ recent _______skillful __________ Ỉ free _______clear ________ _____ stric t _______

III. Điển các giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trốhg.1. I like taking p a r t______ sports.2. There was a walking com petition___ school children last year.3. The regular activity is a 5km w a lk ____ the beach_____ Sunday morning.4. You should listen ______the pool lifeguards.5. They take a walk in s te a d ______ riding their bicycles.6. Are you a w a re____ the time?7. We carried out a su rvey_____ teen ag ers______ the USA.8. Children should always swim _______ an adult.

IV. Hoàn tất các câu sau với các trạng từ thích hợp.Ex:He is a careful worker. He always works carefully.1. David Beckam is a good soccer player. He plays soccer____ ______.2. My father is a safe driver. He d riv e s_________3. She is a skillful tennis player. She plays tennis ■ .

UNIT 13: ACTIVITIES 9 1

4. My mother is a slow cyclist. She cycles very '__.5. I am a bad swimmer. I sw im ________ .6. These children are quick runners. They r u n __________ .7. They are hard workers. They w o rk ____________ .8. Mr Jones is a good English teacher. He teaches English v e ry _____ .9. Those participants are fast walkers. They walk v e ry __________ .10. He is a careless driver. He drives .____________ .

V. Chọn từ đúng trong ngoặc để điền vào chỗ trống.Ex: My sister plays the piano w e ll_. (good/ well)1. I always feel ______________before examinations, (nervous/ nervously)2. He speaks English _______________ . (fluent/ fluently)3. It is an __;_____ ______ book, (interesting/ interestingly)4. The letter was full o f__________ spelling mistakes- (careless/ carelessly)5. We didn’t go out because it was ra in in g ____________ . (heavy/ heavily)6. The football match was v e ry ____________I enjoyed it. (exciting/ excitingly)7. She tried on the dress and it fitted her _______ _____ .(good/ well)8. He never has accidents because he always drives________ . (careful/ carefully)9. He behaved _______________towards his children, (strict/ strictly)10. I t’s too dark to s e e _______ _______. (clear/ clearly)

VI. Chọn từ thích hợp để hoàn tất đoạn văn.Walking is a safe, simple and low impact exercise th a t can help keep you

(1)_______ . To sta rt walking all you need is a comfortable (2)______ of shoesand sensible clothing. It would be best to first start off walking (3)_______ for10 to 30 minutes once a week depending (4)_____ your individual comfort levels.You can then increase (5)_______ walking to 5 to 10 minutes everyday of theweek. It is important tha t you continue walking for at (6) 3 hours eachweek. Walking can not only help you (7)_____ fit and healthy but can also keepyou happy and sociable (8) _you can walk with your friends and family.

1. health healthy healthful hea lth ily2. piece bar. couple pair3. slow slower slowly slowlily4. in a t on to5. you your you’re yours6. less least m ost much7. stay rem ain increase enjoy8. where w hat then as

VII. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.Today, badminton becomes a very popular sports activity. It spreads quickly

from the city to the countryside. People need only a pair of rackets, a shuttlecock, a net and a small piece of land to play the game. Two or four players hit the


shuttlecock over the net with their rackets. People can play badminton in their free tim e or in a competition. Now there are many badminton competitions and even a World Cup. The strongest countries in badminton are Indonesia, China and South Korea.

1. Do people enjoy playing badminton nowadays?

2. W hat do people need to play badminton?

3. Describe how people play badminton.

3. W hat countries are the strongest in badminton?

n COME AND PLAYI. Chọn từ không cùng nhóm vứi các từ còn lại.

Ex: tenn is football < & > skateboarding1. play m ust should can2. v isited finished waited needed3. difficult freely popular regular4. pearl diamond pear sapphire5. scuba-diving diver swimm ing w ater-skiing6. exploration invention deep-sea discovery

II. Hoàn tâ't các câu sau với các động từ cho sấn trong khung.explored invented discovered play breathe equipped dived swim

1. Come and volleyball with us.2. Nowadays, man can freely underwater.3. Christopher Columbus America in 1492.4. People more slowly when they are asleep.5. They .......... ........ the Amazon River.6. Jack Cousteau a deep-sea diviner vessel in early 1940s7. Those men for pearls.8. The room was with video cameras.

III. Sắp xếp các động từ vào cột đúng theo cách phát âm đuôi -ed.played, watched, liked, needed, allowed, started, organized, finished, waited,

explored, invented, looked, discoveredN ____________________ _________________________________________________

, /d/____________________________________________ _________/id /_____________________________________________________________


IV- ữùũg ắắWouSd y.ou like đê viết cân điía ra lời mời. Sau đó viết câu châp nhận (accept) hoặc từ chối (refuse) lời mời.Ex: go to the movies (accept/ refuse)

Would you like to oo to the movies?I ’d love to./ I ’d love to but I ca n t

1. play soccer with us (accept)

2. have a walk with me (refuse)

3. go swimming (accept)

4. play table tennis (accept)

5. jog with me (refuse)

6. play video games (refuse)

v» Viết câu cho lời khuyên, dùng ought to hỡặe ought not to.Ex: I have a headache, (see a doctor)

You ought to see a doctor.His stomach is aching, (not eat green fruit.)He ought not to eat green fruit.

1. Her room is very dirty, (clean it every day)

2. I play tennis badly, (practice tennis more regularly)

3. My father has a sore throat, (not smoke so much)

4. Nam feels very tired, (go to bed early)

5. He had an accident last week, (not drive so fast)

6. I catch flu. (stay in bed)

7. Hoa feels sleepy, (not stay up late)

8. His sh irt is very old. (buy a new one)

VI- Điển vào chỗ trông với các động từ tình thái can/ can9ị could/ couldn’t? musư mustn’t, should/ shouldn’t, ought/ oughtn't.Ex: My f a th e r__c a n __speak English and French.1. You _________ wash your hands before meals.


2. John is very good at math. He _ do all m ath problems.3. I t’s too late. I __________go now.4. She gets bad m arks at chemistry. S h e ________ to study harder.5. The traffic lights are red. Y ou_______ stop.6. _______ I go to the movies now?7. S h e _________ speak English when she was six.8. Life is short. W e __________ ____ waste it.9. I __________ do my homework last night because I was too tired.10. Y ou________ to walk alone afters dark. I t’s dangerous.

VII. Viết các mail đôi thoại.Ex: soccer/ ought to/ clean/ room

Nam : Come and play soccer, Minh.M inh: I ’m sorry. I don't think I can.N am : That is too bad. Why not?M inh: Well. I ought to clean my room .

1. skip rope/have to/ do/homeworkNgaLanNgaLanchess/ should/ help/ MomTam :N a m :Tam :N a m :badminton/ must/ practice/ pianoP h o n g :Thanh: ỈP h o n g :T hanh:volleyball/ ought to/ attend/ English clubLongM inhLongM inh

VIII. Đọc đoạn văn. Sau đó trả lờĩ các câu hỏi.A French oceanographer, Jacques Cousteau (1910 - 1997), invented a deep-sea

diving vessel in the early 1940s. In the vessel, he could explore the oceans of the world and study underwater life. Now we can explore the oceans using special TV cameras as well. We can learn more about the undersea world thanks to this invention.

1. W hat does Jacques Cousteau do?


2. W hat’s his nationality?

3. When was he bom?

4. How old was he when he died?

5. W hat did he invent?

6. W hat could he do in the vessel?

7. W hat can we learn thanks to his invention?

Chọn từ, cum từ hoặc câu thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trốhg.Ex: My mother always drives _______ ____ .

a. careful (b) carefully c. slow1. You o u g h t_______ to the dentist.

a. to go b. go c. going2.

3.

5.

6 .

does your father like? He likes tennis, c. W hat sportsa. W hat’s sport b. W hat sport

Mr. Robinson speaks Vietnamese v e ry ________ .a. fluently b. skillfully c. goodThis river is v e ry _______ for the swimmers.a. danger b. dangerously c. dangerousW alking is a good sp o r ts_______ . It make u s ____a game - healthy b. activity - healthy c. activity - healthI ______ stay in bed because I have a bad cold.a. must b. can c. shouldn’t

7. Dave can speak French. -

d. beautifully

d. to going

d. Which’s sport

d. carefully

d. safely

too.

d. game - health

d. ought

d. Ann can either.a. So does Ann. b. Neither can Ann c. Ann can, __________________________ - I’d love to.a. Do you like to go swimming? b. Would you like to go swimming?c. Should we go swimming? d. Could you go swimming?

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.1.2 .3.4.5.6. 7.

Basketball (become)My father (play)__She never (allow) _ You ought (finish)_

___very popular all around the world in 1990s.. roller-skating when he (be)________ a child.

her children to stay up late.

The disease (spread) Marconi ( in v en t)___

. your homework before (watch)■ fast now.

TV.

the radio.

9 6

The children must (b e )________BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

back by six o’clock.

8. I like (watch) basketball.

III. Cho dạng thích hợp của từ trong ngoặc.1. My grandfather is eighty-six years old. He walks very __

I saw a n ____________ film on TV last night, (excite)Are the toys _____________for children? (safely)

(slow)

Ronaldo is a ______Playing soccer in the street is very He speaks English v e ry ___________

. soccer player. He plays soccer very. (skill)(danger)

so I can’t catch his words, (quick)_____________ , everyone stood up and shouted, (sudden)The children behaved v e ry _____________ . (good)

IV. Ghép các câu ở cột A với các câu ồ cột B.A

1. My sister is very bad at math.2 .1 have a stomachache.3. Nám likes swimming.4. He is gaining weight.5. W hat sport do you like best?6. Would you like to play chess?7. She didn’t come there last night.8. Can I go to the movies, Mom?

1 .___ : 2 . ____; 3 . ____; 4 . ____; 5.

Ba. He ought to jog every morning.b. Neither did I.c. She must do more m aths exercises.d. OK. You can go.e. You shouldn’t eat green fruit.f. So does Phong.g. Badminton.h. I’d like to but I can’t. I have to go now.___ ; 6 .____; 7 .____; 8 . ____

V. Trả lời các câu hỏi về bạn.1. W hat sports do you like? _____________________ ___________________2. W hat’s your favorite sport? ___________________________ ____________3. Do you like walking? ____________________ ___________________4. How often do you play sports? ______________________ ____________ị

VI. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE CT) hoặc FALSE (F).Nowadays, football becomes one of the world’s most popular games. Millions

of people play and watch it all around the world.A football match often has two parts. Each part is forty-five minutes. The

first part is the first half and the second part is the second half. There is a fifteen-minute break between the two halves.

There are two teams in a football match. Each football team has eleven players, including a goal-keeper. The players on the ground try to kick the ball into the other’s goal. The team which scores more goals wins the match.

1. A lot of people in the world enjoy playing or watching football. ____2. Millions of people play football around the world. ____3. A football match has two halves of forty-five minutes each. ___ _4. There is no break in a football match. ___5. Each football team has eleven players and a goal-keeper in the field. ___ _6. The winning team is the team that scores more goals. ____

UNIT 13: ACTIVITIES 97

U IT . n

n _ TIME FOR TVL Hoàn ta'f các câu sau với những từ cho sẩn trong khung.[ black adventures gathers white outside TV sets defective comfortable owner]

1. In Connan Doyle’s novels, Sherlock Hòlme is a famous _____________ .2. Many years ago, there were only_________ a n d ___________TV programs.3. Life in the city is more ________ _____ than life in the country.4. She told me about h e r _____________ _ in Africa.5. Who is t h e _________ of this house?6. After dinner, my family usually_______ round the television in the living room.7. Don’t go _____ ._______ It’s too cold.8. Thirty years ago in Viet Nam, very few people h a d ______ ______ .

II. Điền vào chỗ trổhg với các giới từ in, beforeafter, on, at, through, during, until*1. There is a play the Youth Theater tonight.2. Are you f re e ____________ Monday?3. Let’s meet a t our h o u se__________ the show./4. Very few Vietnamese people had TV sets ___________ 1960s.5. The street is full of traffic from m orn ing_____ _______ night.6. Some people gathered outside the house and watched TV . the windows.7. I go swimming every d a y __________ work.8. Jane was a t the seas id e__________ her summer vacation.

III. Viết câu gợi ý với êã What about«.?” hoặc éíHow aboutEx: go swimming What about going swimming?____________

orange juice What about orange juice?______ _________1. see a detective movie2. a piece of cake ____________________________________3. play volleyball at the weekend ____________________________________ _4. have dinner at my house __________________ ___________________5. go for a walk6. a cup of tea ______________7. watch videos __________ ______;______ _______________ _8. fruit juice

IV. Đặt câu hỏi và viết câu trả lời theo các từ gợi ý.Ex: I/ watch // children’s programs

What would you like to watch?I ’d like to watch children’s programs.

1. he/ eat // some noodles


2. My mother/ read// novels and woman magazines

3. Lan/ drink// lemon juice

4. Nam/ see// cowboy movie

5. they/ play// volleyball and soccer

6. we/ listen to// pop music

7. her brother/ watch// contest programs

8. I/ buy// a box of chocolates.

V. Viết câu vởi like + gerund\Ex: Hoa/ like/ watch TV Hoa likes watching TV.

They/ not like/ cook They don’t like cooking.1. I/ like/ swim

2. The boys/ like/ play video games

3. My brother/ not like/ listen to music 1

4. We/ not like/ go to the movies

5. She/ like/ talk with friends

6. Her children/ not like/ play sports

7. Nam/ like/ collect stamps

8. My youngest sister/ not like/ read.

VI. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE (T) hoặc FALSE (F).Television has changed our lives in many ways. Many people now spend

more time watching TV than doing anything else. However, television offers

UNIT 14: FREETIME FUN 9 9

both benefits and dangers to us. Firstly, television helps us to learn about the world and to know and see many new things. Secondly, it entertains us. Moreover, television has increased the popularity of sports. People can see all types of sports on TV and watch very im portant football matches tha t take place in a foreign country. Television also brings us lots of disadvantages. It can make us passive. W atching TV doesn’t perm it us to do other activities such as reading, conversation, and games. We install ourselves in front of the TV and we keep on watching for a couple of hours without even realizing how much time has passed. All in all, we have to pay more attention at what we watch on TV and we should let children spend less time in front of the television.

1. People today spend more time watching TV than any other activ ity .____2. Watching TV can improve our knowledge of the world. ____:______3. We can only watch football matches tha t take place in our

own country on TV. __ __4. Television prevents us from communicating with each other: ____5. We should not allow children to watch television. ____

I I ' WHAT IS ON?I. Sắp xếp các chữ cái thành từ đúng.

Ex: grampro program_____1. nateeger _________ _____ 5. reignof2. estcont _______________ 6. ledknowge3. tureadven _______________ 7. lite te lsa4. cussdision ______ ________ 8. vaialable

II. Hoàn tất các câu với những từ cho sấn trong khung.cartoon audience artist viewers contestant performing character

1. “Tom and Je rry ” is a Walt Disney _____________ .2. A __________ is a person who takes part in a contest.3. They are ________________ a history play tonight.4. T h e ________________ applauded the performance for íìvé minutes.5. Oliver Twist is a _______________ _ in the novel of Charles Dickens.6. T V __________can join in answering questions through telephone or by mail.7. Picasso was a great Italian ________________ .

III. Đọc và đặt dấu trọng âm các từ.Ex: teenagersatellite character audience a r t is t performtelephone im port discussion fo re ign aẩventxxrecontest contestant defective cartoon knowledge


IV* Viết câu theo những từ gợi ý, dùng dạng hoặc thì đúng của động IKEx: My sister/ like/ cook chicken soup

My sister likes cooking/ to cook chicken soup.1. My father/ enjoy/ play chess in his free time

.2. I/ would like/ see a detective movie

3. They/ prefer/ listen to pop music

4. Teenagers/ like/ listen the latest pop music

5. The children/ hate/ go to bed early

6. My grandm other/ prefer/ live in the country

7. She/ love/ walk in the rain

8. We/ would love/ meet your family

9. Phong and Minh/ not like/ go to the movies

10. Young children/ enjoy/ help around the house

V. Viết cãu theo các từ gợi ý.Ex: I/ watch sports/ take part in them

I don’t really like watching sports. I prefer taking part in them.Hoa/ movies/ cartoonsHoa doesn't really like movies. She prefer cartoons.

1. My father/ white coffee/ black coffee

2. We/ have dinner at home/ go out for dinner

3. I/ rock music/ pop music

4. The children/ read/ watch TV

5. Nam/ take part in sports/ watch them on TV.

6. Thanh/ sports shows/ fashion shows

7. My mother/ cycle/ walk

8. He/ girl bands/ boy bands

UNIT 14: FREETIME FUN 101

¥1. V i ế t câu với các từ gợi ý, dùng câu trúc preferBBB tỡ (thích ....hơn). Ex: I/ watch TV/ listen to music

I prefer watching TV to listening to music.1. My brothers/ play tennis/ swim

2. I/ ride/ walk

3. He/ pop music/ classical music

4. My mother/ walk / cycle

5. These boys/ detective films/ horror films

6. We/ see the shows of our favorite singers/ hear their albums

7. Most children/ cartoons/ movies

8. She/ play the piano/ play the violin

VII. Đặt cấu hỏi và viết câu ỉrả lời theo các từ gợi ý-Ex: TV program/ Nga// children’s programs

What kinds of TV programs does Nga like? She likes children’s programs.

1. music/ you// rock music and pop music

2. films/ your brother// cowboy films

3. books/ they/ picture-books

4. sports/ Nam// table tennis and badminton

5. fruit/ you// durians and mangoes

6. drink/ Lan// Coca Cola

7. foodJ she// hamburger and chicken soup

1 0 2 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

¥111- Điền vào chỗ trống ¥ỚÍ các giới từ thích hợp.1. We will m e e t___________ six o’clock________ Sunday night.2. You should brush your t e e th ____________ every meal.3. Hoa usually talks about her d a y ____________ dinner.4. The burglar got into the house ___________ the window.5. She liv e d _____________ America _____________ 1969.6. Remember to wash your hands ____________ meals;7. W hat is ____________ TV today?8. There aren’t many good programs _________ : teenagers nowadays.9. Nga prefers taking p a r t ______ : sports _____ _ watching them.10. There is a cowboy movie o n ______ the New Age Theater. Are you free

________ Friday?

IX. Chọn từ thích hợp để hoàn ỉât đoạn văn.Most teenagers (1)_______the world like television. Many listen to the

radio. In a lot of countries, the most (2)________ shows on TV are series. Theyshow ordinary characters and (3)____ _ they live. Many teenagers (4)_________pop music. There are (5)________ music programs on TV and one satellite TVstation only shows pop videos. In many countries, people (6)_____ watch satelliteTV. Often in large cities, cable TV is (7)_______ . With satellite and cable TV,it’s possible to choose from a wide variety of (8)_________ .

1. on all of around2. popular in terested im portant excited3. when how where who4. lis ten show join like5. much any lots of lot of6. can m ust should could7. portable available regular norm al8. programs series viewers characters

H T E S T FOR UNIT 1 4Chọn từ hoặc cụm ỉừ thích hợp để điền vàỡ chỗ trông.Ex: Are you free __ Tuesday?

a. in (b) on c. at d. during1. There was a(n) football match on TV last nierht.. I really liked it.

a. exciting b. boring c. popular d. interested 1

2. They prefer reading watching TV.a. than b. more than c. to d. instead of

3. W hat kinds of do vou like? - I like cartoons.a. books b. films c. pictures d. sports

4. Nga likes programs about teenagers in other countries.a. watch b. watches c. to watch d. watched

5. I saw a good __ on owls last night.a. station b. contest c. program d. channel

UNIT 14: FREETIME FUN 1 0 3

6. ______ swimming? - That’s OK.a. How about b. Let’s' c. Shall we d. Why not

7. Teenagers like to listen to t h e _________ pop music.a. late b. later c. latest d. most late

8. Why don’t we go to the movies this weekend? - _____________a. Not at all. b. Not a bad idea. e. Thanks a lot. d You’re welcome.

II. Cho dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc.1. My mother prefers (rid e )___________ to (w alk)________ ____ .2. W h ere_______ you (live)__________ when you were a child?3. Lan’s family (watch) _____________ TV every night.4. Would you like (have) ___________ dinner at my house tonight?5. Many years ago, most Vietnamese people (not h a v e )_________ TV sets.6. Nga doesn’t like (w atch)_____ _ sports. She prefers ( ta k e )_________

part in them.7. W hat _____ you (do)_____ _____ tomorrow night? ~ I (see )______ _____

a movie with my parents.8. How about (go) _________ to the beach this afternoon?

III. Cho dạng thích hợp của từ trong ngoặc.1. The programme attracted millions o f ____________ • (view)2. That detective film was very ____________. (bore)3. Many teenagers are ____________ in pop music, (interest)4. He was s i t t in g _____ ______in the living room, watching TV. (comfort)5. The boy band will give tw o _________ _ this week, (perform)6. On the game show Family Feud ,_____ are family members, (contest)7. Cable television offers a wide ____________ of special programs, (vary)8. TV, stations show foreign series because they can buy th e m _____ . (cheap)

IV. Đặt câu hỏi cho các ỉừ được gạch dưới.1. I’d like to see a cowboy movie.

2. My family usually watches TV in the evening.

3. They didn’t have a TV set because it was too expensive.

4. We prefer reading and playing chess.

5. I’d love to . I really like detective movies.

6. She likes pop music.

7. No, I don’t really like cartoons. I prefer movies.

8. Nga is going to visit her old teachers this evening.

1 0 4 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 9 PHAN BÀI TẬP

V. Ghép các câu trả lờl ở cột B với các câu hỡi tương ứng ở cột Â.

1. Would you like to watch TV?2. Would you like to come to my party?3. Would you like something to drink?4. Do you like watching TV?5. Do you like parties?6. Do you like orange juice?

1. : 2. ; 3. : 4 .____ ; 5. .

Ba. Yes, especially series and cartoons.b. No, thanks. I’m not thirsty.c. Yes. I t’s good for health.d. I’m afraid I don’t. They are so noisy.e. No. There aren’t good programs on.f. I’d love to. W hat time?___; 6 . ___ .

VI. Đọc đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.Nowadays, television becomes very popular. Both old and young people

enjoy w atching it very much. TV program s a ttrac t m illions of viewers all around the world. In addition to the news, television stations also broadcast many in teresting programs such as sports, music, cartoons, wild life, popular science, reports, contests, movies, etc. At present, people can enjoy a live program on TV. Live TV program helps us see events at the same time as they are happening. In our country, we often watch live TV programs of im portant events and in ternational football matches.

- to a ttract (v): thu hú t A - in addition to (exp): thêm vào- to broadcast {v): phát (các chương trình phát thanh hoặc truyền hình)- live program (n) : chương trình (truyền hình, truyền thanh) trực tiếp1. Who enjoy watching television?

2. W hat do television stations broadcast?

3. What program helps us see events at the same time as they are happening?

4. W hat live TV programs do we often watch in our country?

VII. Hoàn ta't câu thứ hai sao cho nó có nghĩa tương tự với câu thứ nhất.1. My mother likes walking better than cycling.

—» My mother prefers _______ ____________ __________________2. Why don’t we go to the beach this weekend?

—» W hat about ____________________________3. They really like to travel to Nha Trang on their vacation.

-> They enjoy_________________________4. The history of these places interests me.

—» I ' am ___________ ____________________5. Reading is more boring than watching TV.

—> W atching TV is m ore__________________6. You should not stay up late.

-» You ought______________

UNIT 14: FREETIME FUN 1 0 5

ft; VIDEO GAMESilEitểỉỉC}.'''

L Hoàn tâì các câu vối những từ cho sấn trong khung.inventor addictive amusement arcades education dizzy premises robbery

1. Children usually play video games in '_____________ .2. Faraday was an ____________ . He invented the generator.3. He feels __________ after two glasses of beer.4. Video games can b e _____________ .5. He often plays video games f o r ______________ .6. There was an armed ;__________in that store yesterday morning.7. That rich man has a large ___________ .8. She went to college to continue h e r __________ .

II. Viết câu với các từ gợi ý, dùng should hoặc should not (shouldn't}.Ex: go to bed early. -> You should go to bed early.1. go to the amusement center often.

2. finish your homework before playing video games.

3. spend much money on video games.

4. take part in outdoor activities with friends.

5. spend little time playing video games.

6. develop your social skill.

7. arrive home late at night.

8. eat plenty of fruit and vegetables.

111. Điền vào chỗ trông với các động từ tình thái canl can’t, must/ mustn't, should/ shouldn'tEx: Video games can be addictive.1. Children ______ _____ spend too much time playing video games.2. Y ou__________ forget to finish your homework before watching TV.3. The police ___________ identify the robbers by studying the videos.4. The children ___________ take part in outdoor activities with their friends,5. All children _____________ play outdoors and develop their social skills.

1 0 6 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 ® PHAN BÀI TẬP

6. Video games __._____ ___ be addictive, so p lay e rs__________ be careful.7. __________ I go to the amusement center to play video games, Mom?

- No, you__ . You_____ spend too much of your time in the arcade.8. Children_spend only a small part of their free time playing video games.

IV- Cho dạng đúng của các từ trong ngoặc.Ex: You should do exercises regularly (regular)1. S om e__________ of the games are as young as 14 or 15. (invent)2. The children are playing __________ upstairs, (noise)3. Many schools use videos as a ____________ aid. (teach)4. Children shouldn’t go to t h e ____________ center too often, (amuse)5. When there is a ____________ , the police can study the video to identify

t h e __________ . (rob)6. You must b e ______ ■■ when you cross the street, (care)7. Coffee is ________________________ in a mild way. (addict)8. She hopes her children will get a good_____________ . (educate)

V. Hoàn tất các đoạn vản sau vối dạng hoặc thì thích hợp của các động từ trongngoạc.1. Nam (like)_______(play)_________ video games. But he (not like) __________

to play video games at home. He usually (go)_to the amusement center toplay the games. At present, he (walk) _________ to the amusement centerwith some friends. They (talk) ________~______about some new video games.

2. Nam and his friends (be) __________ at the arcade now. Nam ’s friends(not know) _____________ to play the new games. Therefore, Nam (not play)____________ video games at this time. He (teach) _____________ his friendshow to play the new ones.

VI. Điền giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trông. !1. Children shouldn’t play video games _______ a long time.2. Some children play video games _____ home, others play th e m ___ arcades.3. Children shouldn’t spend much time ______ video games.4. I t’s b a d ______kids to b e ______ their own so much.5. Children should take part ______outdoor ac tiv itie s______ _ their friends.6. Children should be with peop le______ their own age.7. Videos are very usefu l________education. '8. VCDs play music and show video images ______ the same time.

VII. Hoàn ta'f đoạn văn với những từ cho sấn trong khung.spend as so dizzy arcades too young must

Millions of (1)_______ people play video games. Some play them at home,others play them in (2)___________. The inventors of the games become very rich.Some of the inventors are (3)_________ young as 14 or 15.

UNIT 15: GOING OUT 107

These games are good fun, but players (4) _____ _ be careful. They shouldnot (5)_______ much time on these games because they can become tired or(6) . Sometimes, players spend (7)________much time on their ownbecause they like to play video games (8)_____ much.

u IN THE CITYI. Cho dạng quá khứ của các động từ.

Ex: to like liked_____1. to go ________ _ 5. to prefer ___________ 9. to begin ___________2. to buy __________ 6. to decide__________ 10. to teach _________3. to move _____ :_____ 7. to get __________ 11. to keep __________4. to know __________ 8. to scare __________ 12. to enjoy__________

II. Sắp xếp các từ trong khung vào các nhóm thlch hợp.film car cartoon city lelf motorbike wildlife village right behind

coach weather forecast countryside truck in front of bus European soccer _____________ public library world news bike theater market __________

- TV program s:_______ ________________________________________________- Places': _________________ _____________________________________ _- Vehicles:_________________________ _ ________________________________ _- D irection:________________________;__________________ _________________

III. Điền các giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.Ex: W hat do you do in the evening?1. Hoa l iv e d _________ a village near Hue.2. I usually s ta y _________ home _______ Sundays.3. The noise keeps me aw a k e_________ night.4. Life in the city is d iffe ren t_________ life in the country.5. There are bikes, motorbikes and cars coming ________ every direction.6. You will get u se d _________ it soon.7. She prefers to socialize_________ her friends.8. Hoa usually g o es_________ the public l ib ra ry _________^ bike.

IV. Viết câu nói về những điểu Hoa thích và không thích.Like Dislike

play chess ựeat out X

listen to music sthe noise and the busy roads X

cross the street X

go to the public library V


see movies X

do homework with friendssocialize with her friends s

1- Hoa likes playing chess.2. Hoa doesn’t like eating out3. ___ __________ ______________________________________________4. ________________________ ’___________________________________ _5. _________________________________________________6.7. '____________________________________________________________ _

. 8.9. _________________

V. Vĩết câu với các từ gợi ý.Ex: Traffic/ always/ busy/ the city Traffic is always busy in the city.

1. My grandparents/ hate/ noise/ the traffic

2. He/ like/ go fishing/ Snnday morning

3. The roads/ narrow/ the country

4. My neighbors/ always/ very friendly

5. They/ prefer/ orange juice/ lemon juice

6. Hoa/ hate/ cross/ road/ most

7. She/ sometimes/ go/ public library

8. You/ get used to/ live/ the city/ soon

VI. Viết câu phủ định và nghi vấn.Ex: I hate the noise and busy roads. / don’t hate the noise and busy roads.

Do you hate the noise and busy roads?

1. Children should spend little time playing video games.

2. Hoa knew all the people in her neighborhood.

UNIT 15: GOING OUT 1 0 9

3. Video games.can be addictive. «

4. They must take part in activities with their friends.

5. I will get used to the noise soon.

6. There was a public library in her village.

7. We often play table tennis together.

8. The noise keeps me awake at night.

Vli. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới.Ex: She usually does the housework in the evening.

What does she usually do in the evening?1. Nam goes to the amusement center once a week.

2. Hoa hated crossing the road most.

3. Nam usually stays in the arcade for about one hour.

4. I often go'swimming in my free time.

5. Lạn and Hoa went to the public library two days ago.

6. Hoa doesn’t like the city because it's too noisy and busy, ,

7. Before moving to the city, Hoa lived in a village near Hue.

8. He spends half an hour on computer games each day.

VIII. Đọc đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.Hi! I’m Phong. When I was twelve, my family moved to the city. At first,

everything was strange and difficult to me. Life in the city is always busy


and the people are often in a hurry. I hated the noise and the busy roads. I hated crossing the road most. A lot of bikes, m otorbikes, cars and buses coming from every direction scared me. Now I get used to the life in the city. I am used to the noise and busy city traffic. I am no longer afraid of crossing the road. But I don’t really like to live in the city. I prefer to live in the country.

1. When did Phong’s family move to the city?

2. Was everything easy for him at first?

3. W hat does he th ink about the city life and the city people?

4. W hat did he dislike most about the city? Why?

5. How does he feel now?

6. Which place does he prefer to live in, the city or the countryside?


Ex: Many young peop le________ video games.a. playing (b) play c. plays d. to play

1. I am going to the center.a. amuse b. amusing c. amusement d. amused I

2. He has plenty of homework tonight.a. to do b. do c. doing d. for doing

3. Nam often about half an hour a day playing computer gamesa. takes b. wastes c. spends d. gets

4. Group play helps children develop skillsa. careful b. social c. useless d. regular

5. The doctor thinks all children take part in outdoor activities.a. should b. can c. might d. could

6. People don't with their neighbours as much as they used to.a. identify b. meet c. socialize d. visit

7. You should take a break every 30 minutes spent on the computer.a. five-minutes b. five minutes c. five-minute d. five-minuted

8. I’m busy tonight. I have homework to do.a. many b. a lot of e. little d. a few


iL Cho dạng hoặc thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.1. Be quiet! I (watch) _______________ this film!2. Don’t forget (turn) ___________ off the lights before going out.3. You should (spend) _________ less time (play) _______ _ video games.4. Children always like (listen) _____________ to stories.5. Hoa rarely (go)______ to the movie or (ea t)______ _ out in the evening.6. Tina (stay) ________________ home and watch TV tonight.7. I get up at 5.30 every day, so I’m used to (g e t)_________ up early.8. Hoa (not g o )________ on a picnic last weekend because she (catch)____

a bad cold.

III. Cho dạng đúng của từ trong ngoặc.1. The In ternet is a __________ tool for information seeking, (use)2. She knows all the people in her ;____________ . (neighbor)3. Are we going on the r ig h t_________ ? (direct)4. He had an accident because he d rove_________ (care)5. The book is full o f ______________ stories, (amuse)6. The kids are r e a l ly __________ today, (noise)7. We need someone with excellent _____ _________ skills, (society)8. You must be careful when playing computer games because they can be

____________ . (addict)

IV. Sắp xếp các từ thành câu hoàn chỉnh.1. in/ city/ busy/ life/ is/ the/ always.

2. too/ don’t/ spend/ time/ much/ your/ of/ video/ playing/ games.

3 players/ so/ addictive/ be/ video/ can/ games/ must/ careful/ be.

4. should/ take/ children/ in/ outdoor/ friends/ part/ activities/ with. '

5. she/ used/ the/ to/ will/ of/ noise/ soon/ get/ the/ traffic.

6. go/ amusement/ children/ to/ shouldn’t/ often/ center/ the. /

V. Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ được gạch dưới.1. She lived in the country for twelve years.

2. The children are going to the amusement center now.

3. Hoa felt scared when she crossed the road.


4. Children should take part in outdoor activities with their friends.

5. Hoa’s uncle bought her a bike.

6. There are thousands of books in the public library.

7. I am going to visit my grandmother this Sunday.

8. They rarely eat out because it is far too expensive.

VI. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE (Tỉ hoặc FALSE (F).Millions of young people play video games. Some play them at home, others

play them in arcades. The inventors of the games become very rich. Some ofthe inventors are as young as 14 or 15. These games are good fun, but playersmust be careful. They should not spend much time on these games because they can become tired or dizzy. Sometimes, players spend too much time on their own because they like to play video games so much. One doctor advises that children should spend only a siaall part of their free time playing video games. They must take part in outdoor activities with their friends and develop their social skills.

1. Nowadays, video games are very popular among young people. ____2. Most inventors of the games are teenagers. ____3. Playing video games too much can cause dizziness. _____4. Players sometimes like to play video games alone. _____5. The doctor advises children not to spend much time on video games. ____6. The doctor says children must stay indoors to play. i

VII Hoàn ta't câu thứ hai sao cho nó có lìghĩa tương tự với cãu thứ nhất'1. We will make a Sapa tour tha t lasts four days.

-» We will make a ____ ;__________ :___________ ____________________ _2. My father is a careful driver.

—» My father drives3. Ms Chi speaks English fluently.

-> Ms Chi i s ____________________ -______ :_____________ ;_________4. Hoa hates the noise and the busy roads in the city.

-> Hoa doesn’t _____ ______________________________________ __________5. I like video games better than computer games.

-> I p re fe r_____________________________________________ ___________6. Let’s go to the amusement center.

—> Why don’t ______________ ;_____ __________________________________


PEOPLE AND places 0rv o

FAMOUS PLACES IN ASIAGhép tên của các thủ đô với tên của các quôc gia. Sau đó viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh.

C a p ita l C o u n try1. Ha Noi a. Cambodia 1. /2. Jak a rta b. Vietnam 2.3. Bangkok c. M alaysia 3.4. V ientiane d. T hailand 4.5. Phnom Penh e. China 5.6. M anila f. M yanmar 6.7. Beijing g. Indonesia 7.8. Tokyo h. Laos 8.9. Kuala Lumpur i. Philippine 9.10. Yangon j. Japan 10.

li, Hoàn tất các câu sau với những từ cho sấn trong khung.attraction monument temples tradỉtỉona! pilot cultures ancient resort

1. My father is a ______________ . He flies all over the world.2. Hoi An is an ._________ town.3. The television has little _____________ for me.4. Vinh Nghiem is one of the largest B uddh is t__________ in the city.5. Kimono is a _____________ Japanese costume.6. They built a _____________ to soldiers killed in the war.7. She is studying t h e _____________ of Asian countries.8. A _____________ is a place where people go for a holiday.

III. Đọc và đặt dâii trọng âm các từ.Ex: ’aZbumancient attraction destination coral monument region, resort culture trad itional admire Indonesia postcard

IV. Đặt các trạng từ vào đúng vị trí trong câu.Ex: He goes to the office by bus. (sometimes)

He sometimes goes to the office by bus.1. I am at home on Sundays, (always)

2. Ba’s uncle flies to Hong Kong as well as Bangkok, (usually)

1 1 4 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 ® PHAN BÀI TẬP

3 . He can find time for reading, (seldom)

4. They don’t stay up late, (often)

5. My parents go to the concert, (occasionally)

6. You must do tha t again, (never)

7. Do you study your English lessons in the evening? (always)

8. Fast food is good, (rarely)

Điển vào chỗ trông vớĩ may hoặc may n o t1. I sit down? - Yes, please.2. Minh plav volleyball today because he has a slight cold.3. You should take this" medicine. It cure Your cough.4. I have some more coffee. Mom? - No. you5.6.7.8.9.10.

Remember to take a raincoat when VOŨ go out. It be rain. Hoa’s uncle mav drink coffee but HoaDon’t believe what he savs. His words be true.You sro out without permission.I be late, so don’t wait for me.Liz go out tonight. She isn’t feeling: well.

Đặt câu hỏi và viết câu trả lời theo các từ gợi ý.Ex: vou/ walk/ cycle What do vou prefer? ~ / prefer walkino to cvclino. 1. he/ listen to music/ read Ị

2. Hoa/ live in the country/ live in the city

3. you/ visit the beautiful Khmer temples/ see colorful dances

4. they/ play chess/ watch TV

5. she/ see plays a t the theater/ see them on TV*

6. the tourists/ dive/ sail

7. The students/ computers/ books.

8. your father/ tea / coffee

UNIT 16: PEOPLE AND PLACES 1 1 5

Vii. Đặt câu hỏi với cụm từ “What kinds of ...?” cho các câu sau.Ex: I prefer orange juice to milk. What kinds of drink do you prefer?

1. The teenagers prefer pop music to traditional music.

2. She prefers fashion shows to shadow puppet shows.

3. They prefer picture books to novels.

4. We prefer outdoor activities to indoor activities.

5. My m other prefers apples to bananas.

6. The children prefer adventure films to detective films.

VIII. Hoàn tất đoạn hội thoại.Hoa : (1) is that, Ba?Ba : It’s a postcard (2)_____ my uncle Nghia. He (3)______ it from Bangkok.Hoa : W hat is he (4)__________in Bangkok?Ba : He’s a (5)_______ . I t’s his job to fly there.Hoa : (6) _____exciting! Does he fly only to Bangkok?Ba : No. He also (7)______ to Hong Kong, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore, Jakarta,

Phnom Penh, Vientiane and Yangon.Hoa : I (8)_______love to see all those places.Ba : (9)_____ would I.

| T FAMOUS PEOPLEI. Điền vào mỗi chỗ trốhg một chữ cái để tạo thành từ đúng. Sau đó cho nghĩa

tiếng Việt của từ.Ex: f_m__ s famous: nổi t iế n g ___

1. cL_st__n__t___n: ____________ 6ỉ h__sp_t_J__ty: ____________2. b_tt_e: _________ _ 7. m__n_r__ty: ____________3. v__t__r_n: ____________ 8. gr__m__ph__________e:4. sc_n_ry: ________ 9. __nv__nt___________n: __________ 5. v__ll__y: ____________ 10. p__ v__nc__: _____________

II. Hoàn tất các câu sau với dạng quá khứ của các động từ trong khung.defeat depend invent establish construct grow pay win

1. Thomas E d iso n ___________ the electric light bulb.2. E d iso n___________ the first central power station in New York City.


3. General Giap’s forces ' _____ the French in 1954.4. The People’s Army of Viet N a m ________ the Battle of Đien Bien Phu.5. A ndersen___________ up in a poor family.6. When we were young, w e ________ on our parents for food and clothing.7. T h e y ___________ a bridge across the river.8. Her p a re n ts________ , for her trip to America last summer.

III. Sắp xếp các từ vào các nhóm thích hợp.famous, battle, always, army, quiz, occasionally, hospitality, ancient, seldom,

interested, never, traditional, war, veteran, usually, scenery, ethnic, tourism, poor, rarely, battle side, sometimes, province, gramophone, often- Nouns: _______________________ ;_______ ■____________________________ _

- A d jectives:_________- Adverbs: ____________________________________

IV. Điển vào chỗ trông với các gĩớỉ từ in, on, at, for, from, to, up.Ex: I’m studying for a history quiz.1. Ho Chi Minh died ______ Ha N o i____________ 1969.2. I’m really interested _______ history.3. Andersen became famous _the fairy tales.4. Their ages r a n g e ___________ tw e n ty ______________forty.5. Charles Dicken was b o rn ______ February 17th, 1812______ a poor family.6. Are you very good ________ English?7. The villagers do not d ep en d_____ ______tourism to live.8. The children are grow ing_____________ fast.9. A friend p a id _________ his education_________. Copenhagen University.10. He led his te a m _____ _______ victory.

V. Điển vào chỗ trống vổi may, may not, can, can’tEx: You can enjoy a healthy outdoor life.1. S h e __________ stay at home, but I’m not sure.2. __________ you swim? - No, I ____________ .3. The w e a th e r________________________________ .__be fine tomorrow.4. Y ou________ park here. I t’s a no parking zones.

, 5. May I go to. the movies tonight, Mom? - No, y o u ____________6. H e ______ _ fly to Kuala Lumpur on Tuesday.7. She lived in France; th a t’s why she ______ speak French.8. Where's John? - I don’t know. He _________ be out a t the moment.9. She speaks so fast I __________ understand her.10. Her g ram m ar_________ be very good, but she has a very wide vocabulary.

UNIT 16*. PEOPLE AND PLACES 117

Ex: We (v is it)__v is ite d__the Muong Thanh Valley last year.1. Marie Curie (receive)_____________the Nobel Price for Chemistry in 1911.2. My unde (send)__________me postcards every time he (go)_________ away.3. Ba and Hoa would like (v is it)______________Hong Kong.4. We can (enjoy) ___________ traditional music.5. She (learn) __________ to play the piano when she (be) _________ six.6. He (pay)__________ for his own education at Cambrigde University and

later he (teach) ____________ at this university.7. W h e n _________ Thomas Edison (die) __________ ? -In 1931.8. I (rem em ber)_________he (be)_42 when the People’s Army

of Viet Nam (win) _______ the battle in 1954.9. When they (be) _________ young, they (leave)_____________their family

and (go) _______;____ to Ho Chi Minh City.10. He’s famous for (lead )___________ the People’s Army of Vietnam at Dien

Bien Phu.

VII. Đọc đoạn văn, sau đó trả lời các câu hỏi.William Shakespear is the world’s famous English playwright. He was born

at Stratford-on-Avon in 1564. He m arried Anne Hathaway when he was eighteen and had three children. After that he left his family and went to London to begin his career as an actor, and later, a playwright. He wrote about th irty seven plays of all kinds: comedies, tragedies and histories. He retired in 1611 and spent the last years of his life in Stratford. He died in 1616 and was buried in the church of Stratford.- playwright (n): nhà soạn kịch - comedy (n): hà i kịch - tragedy (n): bi kịch

1. Who is Shakespear?

2. When was he born?

3. Was he born in England?

4. When did he marry?

5. How many children did he have?

6. How many plays did he write?

7. W hat kinds of plays did he write?

1 1 8 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG AN1I 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

8. Did he die at London?

9. How old was he when he died?

10. Where was Shakespear buried?

TEST FOR UNIT 16iZ ■ ■■■■• -___Õ_____________I. Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ thích hợp để điền vàỡ chỗ trông.

Ex: _________ the problem?a. Which’s b. How’s 0 W hat’s d. W here’s

1. T h e ________ of Đien Bien Phu ended the Indochina War.a. war b. battle c. fight d. force

2. Hans Christian Andersen was a _______ author.a. Denm ark b. Diane c. Danish d. Danese

3. If you are interested in history, you could v i s i t_______ monuments?a. ancient b. public c. modern d. traditional

4. The beautiful beaches are the island's main _________ .a. destination b. tradition * c. attraction d. scenery

5. Jak arta is the capital o f _______ .a. M alaysia b. Myanmar c. Indonesia d. Singapore

6. Most of people _______ live in the area are members of the H ’Mongethnic minority.a. who b. when c. what d. which

7. He wrote the fairy ta l e s _______ 1835 and 1872.a. before b. in c. between d. from 1

8. Can I borrow your pen? - _ _ _ _ _ _ _a. You’re welcome. b. Sure. Here you are.c. My pleasure. d. Why not?

II. Chọn từ thích hợp để điền vào chỗ trống1. H o w _is his English? (good/ well)2. This a rtist likes wearing _______clothes, (colorful/colorfully)3. I’m d r iv in g _____________ because it is raining, (careful/ carefully)4. The time passed very ____________ . (quick/ quickly)5. They were all ____ dressed, (beautiful/ beautifully)6. The children seem v e ry _____________at school, (happy/ happily)7. The local people are a lw ays_________ to visitors, (hospitable/ hospitably)8. He visits me ________________ . (occasional/ occasionally)


III. Cho dạng đúng của tù’ trong ngoặc.1. Richard Gere is a famous A m erican____ ;_______ . (act)2. Thanks for y o u r_____________ _ over the past few weeks (hospitable)3. South-east Asia has many __________________ . (attract)4. You can dive and admire _____________ corals and fish, (color)5. Most teenagers don’t like __________ music, (tradition)6. The country depends 0 1 1 ___________ for much of its income, (tour)7. Đien Bien Phu is an im p o rtan t________ • center, (trade)8. The diswasher is a wonderful ______________ . (invent)

IV. Điền giới từ thích hợp vào chỗ trống.1. I’m interested _______ badminton. I often play i t _______ Sunday evening.2. Marie Curie was b o rn ________ Poland ________ 1867.3. When she grew ______she w e n t________ Paris to continue her education.4. He s tu d ied ______ _ Oxford University.5. Charles Dicken was famous _______his novels.6. The country depends h eav ily _________ its tourist trade.7. She is always good . telling funny stories.8. He d ie d ________ April 1st, 2000.

V. Hoàn tất đoạn văn với những từ cho sấn trong khung.many neighboring veterans tourist Indochina scenery local site

The Battle of Đien Bien Phu ended the (1)_________ War. Today Đien BienPhu is a (2)_________ destination. (3)_____________________visitors are battle (4)____or members of their families. As well as visiting the battle (5)_______ touristscan enjoy the beautiful (6)___________ of the Muong Thanh Valley, visit the(7)____________ villages, and share the hospitality of the (8)__________people.

VI. Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE (T) hoặc FALSE (F).Mark Twain is a famous American writer. His name was Samuel Langhorne

Clemens and M ark Twain was his pen name. He was born on November 30, 1835 in a small town near Hannibal, Missouri. In 1853 he decided to leave home and dreamed of becoming a sailor. At 20, he found a job an a boat and learned the work as a river pilot. In California, he began to write short stories and humorous sketches about camp life. Many professions gave him knowledge of life and people, and helped him find his true profession - the profession of a writer. M ark Twain died on April 21st 1910 from a heart attack.

- pen name (n): bút danh - humorous sketch (n): mẩu chuyện vui- profession (n): nghề nghiệp - sailor (n): thủy thủ1. M ark Twain was the real name of Samuel Clemens. _______2. Twain grew up in Hannibal, Missouri. ______

1 2 0 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

3. Twain wanted to be a w riter when he was young.4. Twain did a lot of different jobs before becoming a writer.5. Twain died of a heart attack at the age of 45.

TEST YOURSELI. Choose the word which has the underlined letter pronouned differently from

the others. (Chọn từ có mẫu tự gạch dưới phát âm khác với những từ còn !ạL)1. a. hỵgiene2. a. watched3. a. scenery4. a. Christm as5. a. pilot

b. bicycleb. preferredb. centerb. characterb. library

c. poetrỵc. played e. ethicc. chemistryc. village

d. citỵd. joinedd. dependd. children cL ripe

II. Choose the right word to fill in the blank. (Chọn từ đúng đểđiền vào chỗ trống.)1.2 .

3.

_____you get on the scales, please? (Do/ Must/ Should/ Would)Don’t play soccer in the street. I t’s very .__________ . (dangerous/ safe/im portant/ careful)I had som e________ soup for lunch, (vegetable good/ good vegetables/vegetables good/ good vegetable)

4. Tom likes volleyball, __soccer, (and/ or/ but/ so)

5. All sp e a k s_______

his brother doesn’t. His brother likes

6.7.

8 .

________ than Hamid, (more clearly/ clearlier/ more clear/more clearer)Being a w a re____ the risks is the safe way to water play, (in/ on/ at/ of)The water in th a t river is badly polluted. You __ drink it. (mustnot/ don’t have to/ may not/ will not)I’d love to see all the countries in the region.N either would I/ Me too/ Me either)

(So do I/

III. Supply the correct form or tense of the verb In brackets. (Cho dạng hoặc thì đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.)

(you be) ________________at home tomorrow morning?Many people prefer (fly) ________ to (go) ________ by sea.He (move)________to Paris in 1917 and (spend)________ six years in Paris.I (travel) ____________ by plane for the first time last year.

1.2.

3.4.5.6 .

7.

to the latest pop music. ___ this evening?

Teenagers like (listen) ________W h a t________ you (do )_______I (go )__________ swimming every day in order to keep fit.My friends and I ( le a rn )__________________ French at the moment. We(like) ________ it very much.

UNIT 16: PEOPLE AND PLACES 121

sv. Supply the correct form of the word ill brackets. (Chú dạsĩg đúiỉg của từirong ngoặcJ1. He broke two glasses yesterday. He always works v e ry ____________ , (care)2. She has lots of stamps in h e r _______________ . (collect)3. Hearing the _________ , the children ran away, (noisy)4. Many people like to b e __________ and rich, (fame)5. The villagers are v e ry _______ (friend)6. I t’s im portant to have a ___________ diet, (health)7. My ankle is still too ____________ to walk on. (pain)8. Walking is a fun, easy and _____________ activity, (expensive)

V. Choose the underlined word or phrase that needs correcting. (Chọn từ hoặc cụm từ gạch dưới cẩn sửa, Ị1. I didn’t enjoy the film because it was very bored.

A B c D2. She likes cities because she can to go to good libraries.

A B C D3. Who is the most rich person in the world?

A B C D4. Juan is Spanish, he is coming from Madrid.

A B c D

5. W hat kind books do you like reading?A B c D

6. The students worked very hardly for their final exams.A B c D

VI. Make question for the underlined words. (Đặt câu hỏi cho các từ gạch dưới)1. Thomas Edison was an inventor.

2. General Giap was born in 1911.

3. I t’s 5km from the the school to the beach.

4. It takes about two hours to fly from Sai Gon to Singapore.

5. We ate fish, rice and soup last night.

6. Minh went to the dentist yesterday because he had a bad toothache.

VII. Read the passage carefully, then write TRUE (T) or FALSE (F). (Đọc kỹ đoạn văn, sau đó viết TRUE hoặc FALSE)Lewis Carroll was the pen name of Charles Dodgson, the w riter who wrote

a famous book for children, “Alice’s Adventures in W onderland”. Charles Đodgson was born in England in 1832. W hen Charles finished school, he 122 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

became a student at Oxford University. He studied m athem atics and later he began to teach th is subject at the university. Charles had no family, but heloved children very much. He often visited his friend, Henry George Liddell.Henry had th ree little girls and Charles liked Alice most. He often told her in teresting stories about the adventures of a little girl in W onderland. Alice liked these stories very much. W hen Alice Liddell was ten years old, she asked Charles to write down these stories for her. The name of the little girl in the stories was Alice, too. Then Charles decided to publish the book and took the pen name of Lewis Carroll.

- wonderland (n) : xứ xở thần tiên - to publish (v): xuất bản1. Lewis Carroll was an English author. ________2. Charles Dodgson was the real name of Lewis Carroll. _-3. Dodgson was a professor of mathematics at Oxford University- _______4. Dodgson had three children and he loved Alice most. _______5. Alice Liddell wrote down the stories. _______6. “Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland” is a famous children’s book.

VIII. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given. (Viêí lạ i các câu, bắt đầu bằng các từ cho sấn.) ,1. You should wash your hands before meals.

You ought2. Children like picture books very much.

Children are interested _________________________________________3. Michael Jordan plays basketball skillfully.

Michael Jordan i s ______ ___________________________________________ 1!4. Let’s go to the beach. Ị

' Why _________________________________________________________ I5. Helen didn’t pass the test and neither did Bob.

Helen didn’t pass the test and B o b __________________________ ’6. No buildings in Chicago are as tall as the Sears Tower.

The Sears T ow er_________ ;____________________________________ _


ĐÊ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ I

ĐỂ 1

Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. (0,5 pt)1.2 .

a. differenta. invite

b. collectionb. miss

c. expensivec. pastime

d. addressd. stripe

of the library are in English.Choose the correct word. (2.5 pts)1. The books on the shelves at t h e _____

(top - shelf - left - back)2. T h e y _________ _ each other in front of the theater next Saturday, (meet

- meets - will meet - meeting)3. Everything in this city is ________ _ than I thought, (expensive - more

more expensive than)__________ . (That’s a good idea - Yes, we do

in the garden, (play - playing

expensive - expensiver4. Let’s play some games! - ____

Thank you - No, we don’t)5. Where are the children? They .

- will play - are playing)6. Tinh, Hoa and C h i___________ to school late, (never go - go never - do

never go - don’t never go)7. W hat ab o u t________ to the movie theater, (to go - going - goes - go)8. Mai’s younger brother is very good______ repairing things in the house.

(in - on - to - at)9. Which of these pens do you prefer? - T h e ________ one. (smaller - small

- smallest - the smallest)10. The m o s t_________after school activities in the USA are baseball,

football and basketball, (active - popular - beautiful - awful)

III. Match the answer ỉn column B with the question in column A. (lpt)B

a. We usually play basketball.b. Every morning.c. Fifteen.d. I’d love to.

1. Would you like to have some milk?2. W hat do you usually do after school?3. How old is Hung’s eldest brother?4. How often does your father read newspapers?

IV. Complete the passage with the most suitable words, (lpt)I will visit Mai’s farm in the countryside next Sunday. I t’s not very far

(1)_____ Ho Chi Minh City - about 25 kilometers. Mai’s parents are farmers.They grow vegetables and (2)_________ cattle. They work (3)_____ _ on thefarm from morning till night. But they love (4)_ 124 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

job very much.

1. a. on2. a. raise3. a. difficult4. a. our

b. inb. take care b. hard b. their

c. at c. use c. hardly c. him

d. from d. collectd. easy d. her

V. Make question for the underlined words. (2pts)1. I’d like a cup of coffee.

2. She learns about plants, trees, flowers... in her biology class.

3. I t’s about 3 kilometers from my office to the restaurant.

4. Those shoes cost 100.000 dong.

VL Read the following passage carefully and write TRUE (T) or FALSE (Fh (2pfs)This is the library in Lihh’s school. I t’s not very large, but it is very nice.

In the library there are a lot of books, novels, magazines, newspapers and pictures. There is also a study area. The library opens at seven o’clock in the morning and close at 4:30 in the afternoon. Linh often goes there. She likes reading books in the library.

1. The library in Linh’s school is very large and nice. ____ _2. The students can also come there to study. _________3. It only opens in the morning. ______4. Linh usually reads books in the library. ____ _

VII.Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given, dpt]1. These computers are very modem. —> W hat Ị___2. Why don’t we listen to pop music. —> W h a t___________________ _____

I. Listen to the conversation between Nga and Hoa, then write TRUE fT) or FALSE (F) for the following sentences, (lpt)1. Thu has English classes on Monday and Thursday. ____i2. Thu’s favorite subject is History. _______3. Thu doesn’t have Physical Education classes in this school year. ______4. Hoa likes studying Math very much. ______

II. Choose the correct word. (2pts).1. Students have a _after two periods. (30-minute break - 30-

minutes break - 30-break minutes - 30-minute breaks)

ĐỂ 2

ĐỂ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ 125

2. _________ do you go to the swimming pool? - Every Saturday. (How long- How far - How often - How much)

3. W hat abou t___________ homeless people (help - to help - helps - helping)4. Nga has English and G eography_______ Friday, (on - in - at - from)5. W h a t_________ children! (an intelligent - the intelligent - a intelligent

- intelligent)6. The racks in t h e _________ of the room have picture books, (back - left -

right - middle)7. After recess, everyone _________ and classes begin again, (go indoors -

go outdoors - goes indoors - goes outdoors)8. My eldest b ro th e r_________ his holiday in Nha Trang. (always spend -

always spends - spends always - alway spend)

111. Match the answer in column B with the question in column A. dpt)A

1. Should we go home?2. W hat about practicing English?3. How far is it from here to the market?4. Can I speak to Mr. Johnson, please?

IV- Put the words in their correct order, dpt)1. why/ we/ go/ movies/ don’t/ to/ th e ? ___

Ba. Just a short walk.b. Ok. We are all tired.c. Sorry, he’s out.d. That’s a good idea.

2. very/ students/ energetic/ are/ those. _______ ________________________3. dinner/ like/ come/ would/ to/ house/ you/ to/ for/ my.

4. longer/ the/ year/ lessons/ this/ than/ more/ are/ last year/ difficult/ those/ and.

V. Use the correct verb tense form, (lpt)1. (The children/ write) _____________ _ a dictation at the moment?2. Ba is very good at (fix) ______________ things in the house.3. We (have) ___________ a test tomorrow morning.4. Let’s (go)________ somewhere for a drink!

VL Make question for the underlined words* dpt)1. This bag costs 150.000 dong. ____________________ ■_____________2. I t’s about 126 km from here to Vung Tau.3. I’d like a cup of tea , p lease .____________4. Minh has English classes on Wednesday morning. _


VII. Complete the passage with the most suitable words, there is an extra word.smaller - misses - in - by - with

Minh is my new classmate. He is now staying (1)______ his brother in HaNoi, but he’s from Bac Giang Town and his parents still live there. M inh’sbrother house is (2)________ than his house in Bac Giang. And it is on XuanThuy Street. Our school is in the center of Ha Noi, so it’s about 8 kilometersfrom his new house to school. Everyday Minh goes to school (3)______ bike.Minh is unhappy because he doesn’t have many friends in Ha Noi. He also (4)________ his parents and his friends in Bac Giang.

VIII. Read the following passage carefully and write TRUE or FALSE for the following sentences, dpt)Hi! I’m Lan. We go to school six days a week and we have a lot of subjects

at school such as Math, L rteratire , English, Geography, History and so on. I always try my best to study all especially English because it’s my favorite subject. Math is a little difficult but interesting. I don’t like Literature very much because the teacher gives us so many exercises. I’m not very good at Computer Science, so I really afraid of this subject. Physics, Geography, and History are the most useful subjects to me. We learn about the world, about life and nature. I’m rather interested in these subjects.

1. Lan has 2 day-off a week. __________2. Lan’s favorite subject is Literature. _________3. Lan thinks M ath is an interesting subject. _________4. She always gets good marks in Computer Science class. _________ :

IX. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given, ilptl1. The brown skirt is more expensive than the blue one. Ị-> The blue s k i r t_________ _ ___________ ________________________ _2. Which is Lien’s favorite subject?-» Which subject do es________ ____________________________________ ___

ĐỂ3

I. Listen to the conversation between Lan and Hoa, then write TRUE (T) or FALSE (F) for the following sentences. (1 pt)1. Hoa’s parents are farmers. _______2. Hoa has a sister and a brother. _______3. Hoa’s m other works very hard. _______4. Her sister is 8 years old. _______

ĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ 127

SL2 kilometers, (often -

Choose the correct word. f2pts|1. H ow _______ is it from her school to her house?

far______ a comfortable apartm ent here, (to find - finding2 .

3.4.5.

6 .

7.

long - much)It’s not e a s y _____- found - finds) W hat a _____ living room it is! (loves - lovely - love - loving)

____ August 15th. (on - in - at - from)Mary’s birthday is _____This is t h e __________house in my neighborhood, (newer - newest -more new - most new)Would you like some tea, David? - __________ . (Ok, I do some - Yes, Iwould - Yes, I’m - Great, I’d love some)___________ come to the Science Club now. (Why don’t - Why not - Let’s- W hat about)

Ba learns to play the guitar. (On his free time - In hisfree time - To have free time - When have free time)

Hi. Match the sentence in column B with the sentence in column A* dpt)

1.2.3.4.

AIn biology,Let’s go to the cafeteria!W hat an amazing garden!How often do you go to the movie?

Ba. Thank you. It’s very nice of you to say so.b. Once a month.c. We study about plants and animalsd. Frn Sony. I have too many assignments.

IV. Put the words in their correct order- (lp t)1. is/ Mai/ experiments/ in/ interested/ making.

2. because/ parents/ is/ she/ Nguyet/ misses/ unhappy/ her.

3. kitchen/ please/ pieces/ take/ would/ the/ toast/ you/ these/ of/ into?

4. most/ is/ house/ which/ for/ the/ and/ family/ suitable/ Mr Lam/ his?

V. Use the correct verb tense form, dpt)1. We (not g o )______________ to the cinema very often.2. r d like (have) ________ _____some eggs and bread for breakfast.3. Lien (not visit) _______ ______ the History museum tomorrow.4. W hat about (meet) _ ________ at 7:00 in front of the park?

VI. Make question for the underlined words, (lpt}1. We should eat a lot of vegetables.

1 2 8 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANIĨ 7 © PHAN BÀI TẬP

2. My friend will go to Mexico next Sunday m orning.

3. The dentist takes care of people’s teeth.

4. Yes, Ĩ do. I like Geography, i t’s difficult but interesting.

VII. Complete the passage with the most suitable words, there is an extra word, (lpt)in - than - an - more - there

Let me tell you something about my family. My father is sixty-four. He’s alot older (1) _____ my mother. She is only fifty one. Both Dad and Mumwork in an office. I have two brothers, so (2)_________ are five of us altogetherin the family. The oldest is my brother Thomas. He’s tw enty-eight. He is m arried and has two children. The second oldest is Peter. He’s twenty. He’s(3 )____ _ accountant and he works in a bank. Then there’s me. I’m twelve. I’m(4 )________grade 7.

VIII- Read the following passage carefully and write TRUE or FALSE for the following sentences, dpt)How many calories do you burn in an hour? Well, it all depends on the

activity. You use calories all the time, even when you are resting. Reading, sleeping, sitting, and sunbathing all use about 60 calories an hour.

Very light activities use 75 calories. Examples are eating, writing, knitting, shaving, driving and washing up. Light activities which use about 100 calories an hour include playing the piano, getting dressed and having a shower. Walking, doing housework, shopping and skating use between 100 and 200 calories an hour. Energetic activities use about 200 - 400 calories. These include horse riding, cycling, swimming, skipping and dancing. Finally there are strenuous activities which use up to 600 calories an hour. These activities include climbing stairs, jogging, digging the garden and playing soccer.

1. The amount of calories we use an hour depends onthe activity we do. ______

2. Reading uses as many calories as writing. ___i___3. The calories we burn for cycling and dancing are the same. ______4. When we are sleeping we don’t burn calories. ______

IX. Rewrite these sentences, bgirming with the words given, (lpt)1. There is a table, a chair, a bed and a wardrobe in the room.-» The room ________________________________ ______________________

My house__________________ ________________ĐỂ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ 1 2 9

ĐE KIEMTRA HỌC KY II

ĐÊ 1 _

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. (0,5 pt)1. a. diver b. river c. machine cL visit2. a. decided b. wanted c. scared d. needed

II. Choose the correct word. (2pts)1. My younger sister l ik e s______ _ TV in her free time, (watch - watching

- watches - watched)2. _________ was she late for school? - Because she got up late. (What -

How - Why - When)3. We must follow :______ _ all the signs at the swimming pool, (strict

- free - freely - strictly)4. They went to the movies last night, their p a re n ts __________ . (did, too

- did either - do, too - went, too)5. Driving too fast is v e ry ______ ■ (danger - dangerous - dangerously -

safely)6. We should check_______ our health twice a year, (up - in - for - out)7. Coughing, sneezing... are t h e __________ of common cold, (events -

activities - diseases - symptoms)8. Sorry! I can’t go there because I have an __________ with Ba at 2.30

this afternoon, (arrangem ent - occasion - appointment - opportunity)

III. Match the answer III column B with the question in column A. í 1 pt)A B

1. W hy d id n ’t Ba come to class a. I’d love to. W hat time?yesterday?

2. Would you like to go to the club b. I feel terrible. I have an awfulwith me? headache.

3. W h at sp o r ts do A m erican c. Because he had a bad cold.teenagers like best?

4. W hat’s the m atter with you? d. Baseball and skateboarding.

IV. Use the correct verb tense form. (2pts)1. The rain (start) __________ a few minutes ago. The sky is clear now.2. Where (Mary usually g o )___________________ on the weekends?3. Nga prefers (take) _____________ part in sports activities.4. I’d like (invite) ___________ you to my father’s birthday party.


IV. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given. (1,5 ptsl1. Nam can’t drive a car, and neither can his sister.

Nam can't drive a car, and h i s ___________ _________________2. W hat’s your height?

How __________3. Let’s visit Uncle Ho’s mausoleum.

How about ____________________________ _____________ _

VI. Complete the passage with the most suitable words, (lpt)A football m atch often (1)___________ two parts. Each part is forty-five

minutes. The first part is the first half and the second part is the second half. There is a fifteen-minute (2 )_ ______ _ between the two halves.

There are two teams in a football (3)_______ . Each football team has elevenplayers, including a goal-keeper. The players on the ground try to kick the ball into the other’s goal. The team which scores more goals (4)______ the match.

1. a. having b. have c. to have d. has2. a. recess b. break c. time d. half3. a. competition tx contest c. match d. meeting4. a. won b. winning c. wins d. win

VII. Read the following passage carefully and write TRUE (T) or FALSE (F). {2pts)Today television plays an im portant part in many people’s lives. It informs

people of current events, the latest developments of science and politics. It also offers many different programs th a t are both amusing and educative. There are good programs for children such as “The Garden of Fairy Tales”, and cartoon films, which draw adults’ attention, too. “Show Me The Funny” is one of the many people’s favorite programs. People often laugh happily when they see this program. There is also a variety of story films, and you can make free choice of the films you like watching in a certain TV channel.

1. We can learn a lot from television. ______2. Television shows both amusing and educative p r o g r a m s . ______3. There aren’t any programs for children. ___ ^ __4. Just some viewers like watching “Show Me The Funny”. ______

ĐỂ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ 1 3 1

ĐỀ 2

I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. (0,5pt)1. a. disease b. sweater c. measure d. pleasant2. a. worked b. forced c. visited d. laughed

II. Choose the correct word. (2.5 pts)1. How ______ is the school bag? - 250,000 dong, (many - much - long - far)2. Some teenagers en joy____________ . (roller skate - roller-skating - roller

skates - to roller skate)3. My neighbor took care _______our cat while we were away on holiday.

(of - to - for - on)4. They _ a lot of souvenirs for their parents yesterday, (buy - buying

- bought - will buy)5. Minh has a cav ity________ he eats too much chocolate and candy, (for -

to - because - so)6. People can explore the ocean floor in a _________ . (submarine - ship -

boat - plane)7. ___________ ! The teacher is coming. (Not shout - Don’t shout - Aren’t

shout - Didn’t shout)8. _____ _ your friend at the airport tomorrow? (You will meet - Do

you meet - You meet - Will you meet)9. The post office is __________ the bank and the bookshop, (among - in

front - between - next)10. We didn’t __________to Hoa’s birthday party last week, (went - go -

going - to go)

III. Match the sentence in column B with the sentence in column A. (lpt)A

1. T hey d id n ’t go cam p in g la s t Saturday.

2. Would you lend me your mobile phone?

3. It’s too hot now.4. Let’s swim across the river.

Ba. No, let’s not. I t’s dangerous.

b. W h a t abou t go ing to th e swimming pool?

c. And neither did my brother.d. Sorry. I need it.

IV. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given. (2pts)1. He-plays volleyball skillfully.-» He’s ___________________________________________________2. Children shouldn’t stay up late.-> Children o ugh t_________________________________________


3. Lan and Chi ate too much cakes last night. —» Lan ate too much cakes last night and so __4. W hat was her weight last year?

. —» How m uch______________________

V. Make question for the underlined words. (2pts)1. I t’s 5km from here to Ben Thanh market.

2. I’d like some milk for breakfast.

3. Quang got good m arks because he learned his lesson carefully.

4. My father was there for two weeks.

VI. Complete the passage with the most suitable words, (lpt)We all want to be (1) but many of us don’t know how to keep fit. We

just do anything we like without (2)__________ th a t some things we do may beharmful to our health. Here a re some advice for you: Get up early every morning and don’t stay up late. And remember to do morning exercises. Eating too muchcandy is not good (3)________ your teeth, so keep away from candy and brushyour teeth at least twice a day. You (4)_________ lie and watch TV all daybecause you can be fatter. And remember to wash your hands before meals.

1. a. health b. healthful c. healthy d. healthily2. a. to know b. knowing c. know d. knew3. a. for b. about c. on d. to4. a. aren’t b. oughtn’t c. not d. shouldn't !

VII. Read the following passage carefully and write TRUE or FALSE, (lpt)Baseball is the most popular sport in America now. W here did baseball

come from? No one knows for sure. Many people believe th a t the idea came from a game played by children in England. Other people believe th a t a man named Banner Doubleday invented the game in Cooperstown, New York in 1831. The first team s played only for fun, not money. But baseball was very popular from the start. The first professional team appeared in 1869.

1. Americans don’t like playing baseball any more. _________2. They invented baseball in 1869. _________3. Lots of people enjoyed it from the beginning. ______ _4. At first, they played baseball just for fun. __:

ĐỂ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ 1 3 3

ĐẼ 3

Ị. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. (0,5pt)1. a. weighed b. checked c. balanced d. polished2. a. scales b. cartoons c. dentists d. symptoms

II. Choose the correct word. (2pts)1. C h i________ a new pair of shoes yesterday, (buys - bought - was bought

- is going to buy)2. This is a v e ry ________ football match, (interest - interested - interesting

- interestingly)3. How______ does this dress cost? - 200.000 dong, (much - many - often - long)4. Oxford is the __________ university ill the world, (most oldest - older -

old - oldest)5. Minh is always late for school, he ough t____________up late, (to not stay

- not to stay - no stay - stay not)6. I’d l ik e __________ some orange juice, (having - have - to have - had)7. T hey__________ a new video game next month, (will introduce - introduce

- introducing - introduced)8. JVty younger brother is very interested _______ studying history, (at -

in - on - about)

ill. Match the sentence (answer) in column B with the sentence (question) in column A. (lpt)

A1. Mrs Hoang prefers ice-cream. a.

BShe should run every day.

2. Chi’s aunt is overweight. b. Sorry. I need it.3. W hat’s wrong with Lien? c. And so does her child.4. Would you please lend me your d. She has a stomachache.

dictionary?

IV. Put the words in their correct order, (lpt)1. eat/ remember/ we/ to sensibly/ must.

2. Hoa/ used/ the/ to/ will/ life/ soon/ in/ get/ city.

3. like/ dinner/ house/ would/ have/ tonight/ you/ at/ to/ my?

4. wash/ more/ ought/ the/ carefully/ you/ to/ vegetables.


V. Make question for the underlined words, ilp tl1. I t took Lan th irty minutes to finish this test.

2. I felt sick after eating tha t food.

3. We should play sports to keep our bodies fit.

4. Simon is in a lot of pain now because he has a toothache.

VI. Complete the passage with the most suitable words. (l.Spts)You have problems with your (1)______? You th ink th a t you are too short?

You easily feel tired? How to solve these problems? Very simple, just play sports.

Walking is the sim plest,sport for you. You may th ink th a t it’s so boring, butyou can enjoy walking (2)_______ talking with friends. Just walk to schoolevery day, you’ll discover tha t your health is better day by day. If you don’thave much time, you can ride your bike (3)______ school. Riding a bicycle isalso good exercise. If you want to be taller, why don’t you try swimming? Butremember to be careful (4)_______ deep swimming pools can be very (5)__________ .Basketball and volleyball can also help you improve your height.

You don’t need to be skillful at these sports, just play them to get a (6)____ life.

1. a. weigh b. weighed c. weight d. weighs2. a. and b. but c. than d. from ,3. a. during b. to e. on d. at '4. a. because of b. because c. when d. why5. a. danger b. dangerously c. dangerousness d. dangerous6. a. health b. unhealthy c. healthy d. healthily

VII. Read the following passage carefully and write TRUE or FALSE for the following sentences.Thank you for calling the North London Arts Cinema. I t opens 7 days a

week, showing a variety of British and foreign films. Next week we still show an Italian film called “M idnight M eeting”. I t is set in Milan in the 1950s. You can see th a t film from Monday to Thursday. It will be on twice a day in the evenings. T hat’s a t 6:45 and 9:15. The film lasts two hours and fifteen minutes. Tickets are 4 Pounds, but there is a special student ticket a t 2.80 Pounds. Please bring your student card if you want the cheaper ticket.

ĐỂ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ 135

1. “M idnight M eeting” is on at the North London Arts Cinema next week.

2. This film is from France.3. We can see it at 6.45pm or 9.15am.4. You can buy cheaper tickets i f you are students.

VIII. Rewrite these sentences, beginning with the words given. (2pts)1. What’s your daughter’s age?-» How____ ;______ /V ______________________________2. Minh. w asn’t at home la st night, and neither were h is parents. -> M inh wasn’t a t hom e la s t n igh t, and h is ______________________3. Thanh speaks English fluently.

T hanh i s _______4. Nam likes staying at home better than going to the zoo.-» Nam p refers_____ ______________________________________________

HẾT PHAN BÀI TẬP

136 BÀI TẤP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN BÀI TẬP

ĐÁP Á N

UNIT 1)I. 1 nice 3. different 5. busy 7. miss

2. parent 4. happy 6. pretty 8. meetII. 1. Thank you 2. friend 3. missI II . 1. My name is Tuan. I'm from Hue.

2. My name is Mai. I'm from Nha Trang.3. My name is Michèle. I'm from Paris.4. My name is Susan. I'm from New York.5. My name is Phorig. I’m from Ho Chi Minh City.6. My name is Yoko. I'm from Tokyo.

IV. 1. His name is Tuan. He's from Hue.2. Her name is Mai. She's from Nha Trang.3. His name is Michèle. He's, from Paris.4. Her name is Susan. She's from New York.5. His name is Phong. He's from Ho Chi Minh City.6. Her name is Yoko. She's from Tokyo.

V. 1. Lan is taller than Hoa.2. This book is thicker than that book.3. The chair is shorter than the table.4. These boxes are bigger than those boxes.5. Miss Trang is younger than her sister. , ị6. These buildings are higher than those buildings.7. The boys are stronger than the girls. ,8. I am older than my brother.

VI. 1. much 3. a lo t/lo ts 5. many 7. many 9. much2. much 4. lots/ a lot 6. a lot/ lots 8. a lot/ lots 10. much - many

VII. live - lives - has - doesn't have - are - is - has - doesn't have - is - misses

VIII. a. Phong : Hello. My name is Phong.Nam : Nice to meet you, Phong. I am Nam. Are you a new student?Phong : Yes. I'm in class 7A.Nam : Oh, so am I.

b. Ba : Hi, Nam.Nam : Hi, Ba. Nice to see you again. This is our new classmate.

His name's Phong.

ĐÁPÁN 137

Ba : Nice to meet you, Phong. Phong : Nice to meet you.

I. 1. address2. family name

II. 1. bus stop2. post office

3. middle name4. bus stop

3. address4. family name

5. market6. movie theater

5. middle name6. market

7. post office8. distance

7. distance8. movie theater

III . 1. How far is it from school to her house? -It’s about 100 meters.2. How far is it from the post office to the movie theater? -It's about two kilometers.3. How far. is it from your house to Ben Thanh market?

-It's about five kilometers.4. How far is it from the bookstore to the restaurant? -It's about 500 meters.5. How far is it from Lan's house to the zoo? -It's about three kilometers.6. How far is it from your school to the library? -It's about one kilometer.

IV. 1. How does Nam go to the post office? -He goes to the post office by bike.2. How do Nga and Lan go to school? -They go to school by school bus.3. How does your father travel to Ha Noi? -He travels to Ha Noi by plane.4. How do the children go to the zoo? -They go to the zoo by bus.5. How do you and your friends go to the stadium? -We go to the stadium on foot.6. How does Mrs Lien go to the market? -She goes to the market by motorbike.

1. What 3. Where 5. How far 7. Wliat time2. How old 4. Who 6. How 8. Why

Good morning. What is your name?What is your family name?How old are you, Phuong?Where do you live?How far is it from your house to school?How do you go to school?

V.

VI. Miss Thanh: Miss Thanh: Miss Thanh: Miss Thanh: Miss Thanh: Miss Thạnh:

I. 1. c 2. b

II. 1. has2. is - misses

III. 1. c 2. g

3. a 4. c 5. b

3. is talking4. Are you - am

3. b 4. f 5. a

6. b 7. a 8. d

5. is - doesn't have6. walk - am riding

6. d 7. e 8. h

7. don't go8. do...live

IV. 1. How far is it from your house to your school?2,. Where does your classmate live?3. She doesn't have any friends in Ha Noi.

138 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN ĐÁP ÁN

f

4. Her new school has a lot of students.5. Hoa lives with her uncle and aunt in Ha Noi.

V. - Hello, Phong.- Hello, Nga. Nice to see you again.- Nice to see you. How are you?- Fine, thanks. This is our new classmate. His name is Minh.- Nice’to meet you, Minh.- Nice to meet you, too.

VI. 1. new 3. with 5. go ' 7. any2. still 4. far - 6. a lot of 8. miss

A nsw ers:1. His full name is Nguyen Minh Trung.2. Yes, he is. <3. He's from Da Nang.4. He is living with his grandparents.5. His address is 21/3B Nguyen Trai Street.6. It's about one kilometer.7. He goes to school by bike.8. He is unhappy because he doesn’t have any friends and he misses his parents,

his sisters and his friends in Da Nang.

I II . 1. We'll fly to Nha Trang in June.2. The meeting will take place at 6p.m.3. It’ll snow in the mountains tomorrow evening.4. Hoa will have lots of friends soon.5. I'll come after lunch.6. He'll see you tomorrow afternoon.7. My father will be free a t 7.30 this evening.8. They’ll arrive a t about 4p.m.

IV. 1. Will - will 3. Will - won't 5. Will - won't 7. Will - won't2. W ill-w on’t 4. W ill-w ill 6. Will - will 8. Will - will

V. 1. W hat 3. Where 5. How 7. Why2. Who 4. What time 6. When ' 8. Where

Vi-UNIT

I. 1. home address2. telephone number

II. infor’mation telephone'number to'morrow

3. perspnal information4. telephone directory

'different personal directory'/noment ’araswer 'theater

ĐÁP ÁN 139

VI. - Hello. This is 8 6.30 842.- Hello. Can I speak to Trang?- I'm sorry. She's out at' the moment. Who is calling?- This is Nga. When will she come back?- She'll be back at about half past four.- All right. Please tell her I'll call again at five.- OK. I'll tell her.- Thank you. Goodbye.- Bye.

VII. 1. Is 2. Who 3. Will 4. Would 5. Where 6. When 7. at 8. see

I. 1. January2. February3. March

II. 1st first 2nd second 3rd third 5th fifth

III. 1. September 19th 2. May 2nd

IV. 1. go 2. will cook

V. 1. My mother won t go ...Will your mother go ...?

2. They won't meet ...Will they meet ...?

1. on 2. from - to 3. onVI.

VII. Mr. Tan Mr. Tan Mr. Tan Mr. Tan Mr. Tan Mr. Tan

I. 1. c

4. April 7. July5. May 8. August6. June 9. September

9th ninth 21st12th twelfth 27th19th nineteenth 30th20th twentieth 32nd

3. October 25th4. July 31st

5. will have6. brushes

3. We won't come ...Will we/ you come ...?

4. He won't see ...Will he see ...?

4. ajt 5. in 6. on 7. a t - in

3. will be4. live

10. October11. November12. December

twenty-first twenty-seventh thirtieth thirty-second

5. December 12th6. February 8th

7. will come 9. will invite8. will have 10. watches

5. Jane won’t be busy ... Will Jane be busy ...?

6. I won't come ...Will you come ...?

8. in 9. at 10. on

2. b

Good morning. What is your name?How old áre you, Hoa?What is your date of birth?What is your address?/ Where do you live? What is your telephone number?Who do you live with?

Q a B B4. a 5. c 6. a 7. b3. a 8. a

II. 1. play 3. is - is talking 5. will have 7. to see2. Will you be - will do 4. won’t come 6. doesn’t call - calls 8. meet

140 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN DẨP ÁN

III. 1. What’s your name? 5. What’s your telephone number?2. How old are you? 6. How far is it from your house to school?3. What's your date of birth? 7. How do you go to school?

IV

V.

I.

II.

III.

IV.

V.

4. What's your address?

1. Mai doesn't play ... Does Mai play ...?

2. I won't be at home... Will you be at home...?

8. Who do you live with?

3. She isn’t out... 5. They won't go ...Is she out...? Will' they go ...?

4. We .don’t often have... 6. The students aren’t sitting... Do you often have...? Are the students sitting...?

1. Nga’s address is 14 Nguyen Tri Phuong Street.2. Her telephone number is 38 290 374.3. She is thirteen years old now.4. Her date of birth is on July first.5. No, she won't. She'll have a small party for her birthday.6. She will invite some best friends.7. They will eat pizza, fried chicken, cake and they will drink Coke.8. The party will last three hours.

VI. 1. Hoa 3. 14 Nguyen ,Tri Phuong Street 5. eight 7. Coke2. July 1st 4. five 6. pizza 8. fun

UNIT 3 )1. sink2. awful

3. comfortable4. refrigerator

5. convenient 7. apartment -9. expensive6. delicious 8. beautiful

1. kitchen2. interesting

’awfulre'/hgerator convenient

1. in 2. to

1. What an intelligent boy! 2 What fresh milk!3. What naughty students!

3. washing machine4. favorite

comfortable a'pariment 'interesting

3. on 4. in

5. modern 7. lovely6. dishwasher 8. delicious

expensive amazingcom 'plaint 'ferriblede'Zicious 'compliment

5. behind 6. near 7. under

5. What delicious cakes!6. What terrible weather!7. What a lovely view!8. What bright rooms!

8. in

4. What an exciting trip!

VI. 1. Is there a dog under the table? -Yes, there is.2. Are there any books on the bookshelf? -Yes, there are.3. Are there any flowers in the garden? -No, there aren't.4. Is there a refrigerator near the kitchen table? -No, there isn't.

ĐÁP ÁN 141

5. Are there any armchairs in front of the television? -Yes, there are.6. Is there a ball on the floor? -Yes, there is.7. Are there any stools in the living room? -No, there aren't.8. Is there a tub in the bathroom? -No, there isn't.

V II. 1. apartment 3. comfortable 5. bathroom 7. everything 9. wonderful2. not 4. rooms 6. tub 8. large 10. really

A nsw ers: 1. Minh lives in a lovely apartment in Ho Chi Minh City.2. There are five rooms in his apartment.3. There are a sink, a tub,and a shower in the bathroom.4. Yes, there is.5. No, it isn’t. It isn’t large, but it's very bright.6. Yes, he does. He likes his apartment very much.

I . 1. b 2. g 3. e 4. f 5. a 6. d 7. c

II. 1. a teacher 3. painters 5. a musician 7. a journalist2. a dentist 4. a farmer 6. a doctor 8. an engineer

I II . - Nouns: party, dress, apartment, dinner, tub, vegetables, family.- Adjectives: high, interesting, expensive, lovely, awful, cheap, good, big, suitable.

IV. 1. W hat awful weather! 4. What colorful pictures!2. What a delicious meal! 5. What an expensive dress!3. What a clever boy! 6. What sour milk!

V. 1. more expensive than 4. hotter than 7. better than2. faster than 5. more beautiful than 8. more convenient than3. more modern than 6. cheaper than

VI. 1. the longest 4. the best2. the most interesting 5. the most beautiful3. the biggest 6. the coldest

VII. 1. class • 3. Works 5. near2. in 4., care 6. Her*True or False1. F 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. T

9. worse than10. cleverer than

7. the fastest8. the most important9. the happiest 10. the worst

7. grade8. love

6. T

I. 1. c 2. b

II. 1. don’t go2. won’t be3. works

3. a 4. b 5. b 6. a

4. is looking5. are6. working/ to work

7. b 8. a

7. to find8. will call

142 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHẦN đ á p á n

III.

IV

V.

1. W hat are there in the bathroom? 5. Where do they work?2. Are therè any books on the table? 6. Is there a refrigerator in the kitchen?3. Who is the oldest in your family? 7. Which (city) is bigger: Ha Noi or Hue?4. What does he do? 8. Which is the newest apartment?

1. on - in 2. of 3. on 4. at - a t 5. in 6. from - till 7. a t 8. of

4. farther/ further... than5. the most important6. heavier than

5. expensive 7. cheapest6. also 8. most

7. the largest,8. hotter than

1. better than2. the cleverest3. more expensive than

VI. 1. from 3. near2. teaches 4. empty

A nsw ers: ,1. Mr. Robinson is an English teacher.2. He is from the USA.3. He is looking for an apartment.4. The cheapest apartment is the last one.5. The first apartm ent is the most expensive.6. The most suitable apartment, for Robinson’s family is the smallest of the three.

It has a bright living room, two bedrooms and a large, modern kitchen.

TEST YOURSELFI. 1.II. 1.

2.III. 1.

2.IV. 1.

2.

3.4.

V. 1.VI. 1.

2.VII. 1.

2.3.4.

2. c3. far

3. a5. What6. Let’s

4. a7. best8, on

3. go - will catch 5. won’t go - will go 7. to visitis playing 6. is...doing - is cooking 8. taking I

IV. 1. What's his telephone number? 5. How old will she be on her next birthday? How far is it from your house 6: What does your father do? to the movie theater?When will you go camping? 7. Where do they live?What's her date of birth? 8. Who is John talking to?

2. d 3. a 4. b 5. f 6. e5. amazing /6. information

5. No, it isn't.6. There are five rooms.7. There are flowers and plants in the yard.

4. His address is 2/34 Nguyen Trai Street. 8. Yes, he does.

3. a 4. b3. personal

4. unhappy

ĐÁP ÁN 143

UNIT 4 II. 1. Math 3. Physics 5. Geography

2. History 4. Music 6. Physical Education

II. 1. What time is it? -It's eight twenty-five./ It's twenty-five past eight.2. What time is it? -It's nine forty-five./ It's a quarter to ten.3. What time is it? -It's ten five./ It's five past ten.4. What time is it? -It's eleven fifteen./ It's a quarter past eleven.5. What time is it? -It's seven fifty./ It's ten to eight.6. What time is it? -It's six forty./ It's twenty to seven.7. What time is it? -It's twelve o'clock.8. What time is it? -It's five thirty./ It's half past five.

III. 1. What time do they have English? - They have English at eight forty.2. What time does Nga go to bed? - She goes to bed at half past ten/ ten thirty.3. What time do you have dinner? - 1 have dinner at a quarter to seven/ six forty-five.4. What time does he study Math? - He studies Math at three twenty-five.5. What time do the students have a break?

-They have a break at a quarter past nine/ nine fifteen.6. What time does your father go home from work?

- He goes home from work at ten past five.7. What time do classes start? -They start at seven o'clock.8. What time does Hoa have Physics class?

-She has Physics class at nine fifty.

IV. 1. My father is watching television at the moment.2. We are walking to school right now.3. They are studying Geography at this time.4. He is listening to the radio now.5. Nam and Nga are having lunch at present.6. Miss Lien is playing the piano.7. The girls are eating breakfast at the canteen now.8. I am doing my homework at present. '

V. 1. What are you studying? -I am studying English.2. What is Minh learning? -He is learning History.3. What are the boys playing? -They are playing soccer.4. What is your mother cooking? -She is cooking potato soup.5. What are Phong and Ba doing? -They are doing their homework.6. What is he growing? -He is growing vegetables.7. What is Mai reading? -She is reading a picture book.8. What,are they watching? -They are watching a new movie.

144 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN ĐÁP ÁN

VI. 1. What 2. Where

VII. 1. timetable 2. Physics

3. Who 5. When 7. How many 9. What4. What time 6. What 8. How 10. How often

3. What time 5. will 7. an4. classes 6. favorite 8. too

I. 1. Geography2. Chemistry

II. 1. dictionary 7. library

III. 1. on 2. in

IV. 1. f 2. g

V.

5. Biology 7. dictionary6. Literature 8. novel

4. racks 5. title

3. Physics4. Science

2. author 3. card index 4. racks 5. title 6. librarian 8. uniform

3. on - in 4. on - to 5. at 6. in 7. in 8. of

3. a 4. e 5. h 6. b 7. c 8. d

- Good morning. ,- Good morning. Can I help you?- Yes. Where can I find' the math books, please?- They're on the shelves on the left.- Do you have magazines and newspapers here?- Yes. They're on the racks -in the middle.- Thank you very much.- You are welcome.

VI. has - isn’t - are - is - opens - closes - isn't - goes - is sitting - is reading A nsw ers: 1. No, it doesn’t.

2. There are lots of books, novels, readers, magazines, newspapers, dictionaries, pictures etc. in the library.

3. No, it isn’t. The library is open from 7 am to 4.30 pm.1 4. It's about 500 meters. ;

5. Nam goes to the library every afternoon.6. Nam is reading a geography book in the study area. ,

m m8. aI. 1. a 2. b 3. c 4. a 5. c 6. b 7. c

II. 1. are ... doing - are reading 3. are waiting 5. to play2. will arrive 4. goes 6. is going to travel

III. 1. What time is it?2. When dò we/ -you have Chemistry?3. W hat time does your family have lunch?4. Where are they playing soccer?5. W hat is Quang studying?6. How are the children going to the museum?

7. don’t use8. find

ĐẨP ÁN 145

7. How many books does the school library have?8. Where can I find newspapers?

IV. 1. interesting 3. activities 5. fastest 7. boring2. difficulty 4. employees 6. better 8. unpopular

V. ' 1. F 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. T 6. T 7. T

VI. 1. What’s your address?2. The red dress is more expensive than the blue one.3. Nam is the tallest student in his class.4. We have a thirty-minute break.5. W hat’s your date of birth?6. It’s not easy to find an apartment in Ha Noi

UNIT 5 II. 1. g 2. e 3. d 4. b 5. c 6. a 7. f

II. 1. Geography 3. Physics 5. Biology 7. History2. Electronics 4. Math 6. Art 8. Literature

III. 'different computer 'c/ỉemistry geography 'science bi'ology experiment appliance re'/Hgerator '/íịerature 'physics 'history

IV. 1. What do you learn in Music? -I learn how to sing and play the piano.2. What does Lan learn in History?

- She learns past events in Viet Nam and around the world.3. What do they learn in English?

- They learn how to speak, listen, read and write in English.4. What does Ba learn in Electronics?

- He learns how to repair household appliances.5. What do we learn in Computer Science? -We learn how to use a computer.6. What do Nam and Nga learn in Physical Education?

- They learn how to keep fit.

V. is - works - goes - comes - travels - enjoys - learns - play - are - is playing - are listening

VI. 1. at 2. grade 3. from 4. Classes 5. finish 6. interested 7. Computer Science 8. last A nsw ers: 1. Mai goes to Quang Trung school. >.

2. She is in grade 7.3. She goes to school six days a week, from Monday to Saturday.4. Classes start at seven o'clock and end at a quarter past eleven.5. Today Mai has four classes. They are English, Geography,

Computer Science and Physics. ,I

146 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHẨNĐÁPÁN

6. Mai like Computer Science best.7. She thinks Geography is difficult and so is English.8. Mai does some experiments in Physics class.

I. 1. recess 3. excited 5. relax 7. penpal 9. portable2. happy 4. chat 6. activity 8. energetic

II. - Subjects: history, computer science, máth, physics, literature, biology.- Things : atlas, calculator, bell, ball, earphones, guitar.- Activities: catch, skip rope, marble; basketball, blindman's buff, soccer.

I II . 1. I often go to the English club.2. They usually play catch at recess.3. The school yard is always noisy at recess.4. He don't often go swimming on the weekend.5. Where do you usually go on your holiday?6. Nam is never late for school.7. Does she always skip rope at recess?8. You can sometimes drink a little coffee.9. I am usually very hungry by lunchtime.10. The students always speak English in the classroom.

IV. 1. Minh goes swimming every afternoon.2. My brothers are playing tennis at the moment.3. I am reading an interesting novel.4. We sometimes play marbles at recess.5. Some students are eating and drinking at this time.6. My father is watching the news on TV.7. Phong plays computer games in his free time.8. The boy is swapping cards with his friends now.

V. 1 What does Nga always do at recess? -She always skips rope.2. What do they usually do at recess? -They usually eat and drink.3. What do you often do at recess? -I often talk with friends.4. What does your sister never do at recess? -She never plays marbles.5. What do you and Nam always do at recess? -We always play catch.6. What does he usually do at recess? -He usually reads a book.

VI. 1. A: What is Nga doing? 2. A: What are you doing?B: She is practicing the piano. B: I am playing soccer.A: Does she often practice the piano? A: Do you often play soccer?B: Yes. She usually does. B: Yes. I usually do.

ĐÁP ÁN

/

147

3. A: What are Nam and Ba doing? 4. A: What is your brother doing?B: They are talking with theừ friends.A : Do they often talk with theứ friends?B: Yes. They usually do.

VII. 1. at - in 2. At 3. in 4. on

VHI.1. T 2. F 3. T

B: He is playing marbles.A: Does he often play marbles?B: Yes. He usually does.

5. In 6. at 7. in 8. at

4. F 5. T

I. 1. a 2. c 3. c 4. a 5. b 6. c 7. b 8. c

II. 1. isn’t working 3. fixing 5. will be 7. drawing2. studies 4. are doing 6. go 8. to repair

9. goes - begin10. will write

5. What are they doing in the school yard?6.' What do you usually do at recess?7. Where is your father jogging?8. What time do classes always begin?

III. 1. How often does she go to school?2. What do you learn in computer

science class?3. What is her favorite subject?4. How much is this book?

IV. 1. Hoa learns how to use a computer in her Computer Science class.2. The yard is very noisy until the bell rings.3. Eating and chatting are the most common ways of relaxing.4. W hat do you study in Geography class?5. Some students are playing games like blindman’s bluff or catch.

V. 1. secondary 3. such 5. favorite 7. like2. classroom 4. in 6. skips 8. relaxed

Ânswers1. Nga’s school is on Nguyen Trai Street.2. She goes to school six days a week.3. Her favorite subject is History.4. She learns about past events in Viet Nam and around the world.5. She often skips rope with her friends.6. She feels happy and relaxed after recess. ‘

UNIT 6 )I. 1. volleyball 3. anniversary 5. activity 7. collection 9. cafeteria

2. pastime 4. celebration 6. different 8. president

II. 1. tidy 3. rehearsing 5. lying - watching2. collecting 4. plays 6. go


I II . 1. Let's play soccer. 4. Let's go to the library.Should we play soccer? ' Should we go to the library?

.2. Let's go swimming. 5. Let's tra,vel by bus.Should we go swimming? Should we travel by bus?

3. Let's invite him to the party. 6. Let's visit our old teachers.Should \ve invite him...? Should we visit our old teachers?

IV. 1. He always goes to church on Sundays.2. They are usually free on the weekend.3. Do the boys often play marbles at. recess?4. I sometimes study in the library after school.5. Phong is always interested in music.6. My sister can never cook a good meal.

V. 1. What does Nam usually d<3 after school? -He usually studies in the library.2. What do Ba and Phong usually do after school? -They usually play video games.3. What does your brother usually do after school? -He usually watches videos.4. What do they usually do after school? -They usually go to the stamp collector's club.5. What do you usually do after school? -I usually learn to play the piano.6. What do .your children usually do after school? -They usually go swimming.7. What does Mai usually do after school? -She usually skips with her friends.8. What does your sister usually do after school?

-She usually helps my mother with the housework.

VI. 1. How often do you go swimming? -I go swimming three times a week.'2. How often does Nam play computer games?

-He sometimes plays computer games.3. How often do you go to the zoo? -I go to the zoo once a year.4. How often does he study in the library? -He usually studies in tjie library.5. How often does Hoa write to. Tim? -Hoa writes to Tim every month.

. 6. How often do they play tennis? -They often play tennis. ,7. How often do the students go camping? -They go camping twice a year.8. How often does Nga's father watch TV? -He watches TV every night.

V II. 1. What are you doing 3. Let's 5. go 7. play2. should 4. Do 6. W hat do you ... do

I. 1. entertainment 3. survey 5. organizations2. instrument 4. models 6. community

II. assignm ent en ter'iam m ent 'program 'teenager organisationespecially com'munity volunteer environment cam 'paỉgn

III. 1. should 3. shouldn't 5. shouldn't 7. should2. should 4. should 6. Should - shouldn't \ 8. shouldn't - should

ĐÁPẤN 149

IV. 1. Let's go to the school cafeteria. 4. Let's play table tennis.What about going to the school cafeteria? What about playing table tennis?Why don't we go to the school gafeteria? Why don't we play table tennis?

2. Let's eat in fast food restaurant. 5. Let's go to the beach.What about eating in fast food restaurant? What about going to the beach?Why don't we eat in fast food restaurant? Why don't we go to the beach?

3. Let's do homework together. 6 / Let's go shopping.What about doing homework together? What about going shopping?Why don't we do homework together? Why don't we go shopping?

V. 1. Would you like to play basketball? 5. Would you like to sit down?2. Would you like some coffee? 6. Would you like some orange juice?3. Would you like to come to my house for dinner? 7. Would you like to go shopping?4. Would you like fried chicken? 8. Would you like an apple?

VI. - Would you like to come to my birthday party tonight?- Yes. I'd love to. What time?- At six o'clock. After party, we are going to see a movie. Will you join us?- I'm sorry. I can't. I have too much homework.- That's too bad.- Thanks for inviting me.- It's my pleasure. ,

VII. 1. can 2. far 3. organizations 4. having 5. need 6. willing* True or false1. F 2. T 3. T 4. F

C B E MI. 1. b 2. c 3. a 4. c 5. b 6 c 7. b 8. c

II. 1. are - are studying 3. stay 5. collecting 7. am doing2. plays - is playing 4. will invite 6. will be 8. doesn’t do

III . 1. d 2. b 3. f 4. c 5. a 6. e

IV. 1. What is she doing? ,2. What do you usually do after school?3. What sports does your father like playing?4. How often does Minh go swimming?5. What are they going to do tonight?6. W hat does Nga want?7. Where are the children?8. What should children do after meals?

V. 1. F 2. T 3. T 4. F 5. T

150 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHAN ĐẮP ÁN

TEST YOURSELFI. 1. aII. 1. drinks

2. playing

2. b3. few4. How often

3. d5. in6. portable

4. c7. pastime8. Chemistry

III. is - are - reading - is watching - teaches - is making - are playing - enjoy

IV. 1. d 2. b

V. 1. sporty2. teenagers

VI. 1. find2. should

3. e 4. f 5. a

3. collection4. artist

3, show 5. library4. order 6. titles

V II. 1. How often does he go to the library?2. They won't accept our offér.3. I usually play badminton/ go to the movies/ study in the library/4. W hat about playing sọccer?

6. c 7. h 8. g

5. interesting6. activity

7. it■ 8. librarian

UNIT 7 II. 1. homework 2. holiday 3. review 4. American 5. family 6. wine

II. - Countable nouns: egg, orange, vacation, hour, vegetable, letter, month,flower, people.

- U ncountable nouns: English, milk, homework, soup, music, rice, orange juice, fruit, money.

III. 1. a few2. a little

IV. 1. more 2. longest

V. 1. spends 2. works

3. A few4. a few

3. fewer4. less

5. a little 7. a few6. a little 8. a little - a few :

5. most important 7. better 9. best - least6. more 8. harder 10. more interesting

3. do... like 5. work 7. won't have4. will be 6. is having - are talking 8. is eating

VI. 1. Vietnạmese students have fewer vacations than American students.2. Vietnamese students have about four vacations. They are Independent

Day, 30th of April - May Day, Tet holiday and summer vacation,3. The longest vacation is summer vacation.4. The most important vacation is Tet vacation.5. Tet holiday often lasts for nine or ten days.6. Hoa usually spends time with her family during her vacations.7. No, they don't.

ĐÁP ÁN 151

II. 1. mechanic 3. musician 5. farmers 7. plumber2. author 4. nurse 6. driver 8. teacher

III. 1. A three-month summer vacation 4. A three-page report2. A six-day tour 5. A five-hundred-dong stamp3. A ten-minute rest 6. A two-.period class

IV. 1. fewer ... than - more ... than 4. less ... than - more ... than2. more ... than - less ... than 5. fewer ... than - more ... than3. fewer ... than - more ... than 6. more ... than - less ... than

V. works - grow - is - rests - eats - come - feeds - cleans - finishesA nsw ers: 1. From nine in the morning until four in the afternoon,

Mr. Tuan works in the fields.2. He works with his brother.3. They grow rice and vegetables.4. Their main crop is vegetables.5. He rests and eats lunch.6. They come back home at four in the afternoon.7. His work usually finishes a t six.

i m a g iI. 1. b 2. c 3. a 4. c 5. a 6. c 7. a 8. c

II. 1. will come 3. walking/ to walk 5. will have 7. go2. gets 4. are working 6. review 8. is coining

III. 1. interesting 3. more 5. definitely 7. homeless2. celebration 4. longest 6. students 8. less

IV. 1. When does your school year start?2. How long does your summer vacation last?3. Which vacation is the longest?4. What do you usually do during your vacation?5. How many hours a day does your mother work?6. What does Mr. Robinson do?

V. 1. T 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. FVI. 1. Hoa's father has fewer vacations than Tim's father.

2. What about going to tịie cafeteria?3. Mai's brother drinks less milk than Mai.4. Students have to/ need to review their work before tests.5. We will have a three-month vacation.6. Nam is going to visit his grandparents tonight.


UNIT 8 1I. 1.

2.3.4:

II. 1.2.

III. 1.2.

IV. 1.2.3.

restaurant

drugstore

: sân vận động : nhà hàng3. movie theater4. bank3. on - opposite4. at - at

5. hotel6. post office5. on6. from... to

5. hospital6. museum7. supermarket8. factory

7. bakery8. bookstore7. at - on8. to

bệnh viện viện bảo tàng siêu thị nhà máy

Where is the post office? - The post office is next to the bus stop.

and the toystore.4. Where is the stadium? - The stadium is on Phan Dinh Phung Street.5. Where is the market?"- The market is opposite the movie theater.6. Where are the students? - The students are in the library.7. Where is the supermarket? - The supermarket is near the hospital.8. Where is the drugstore? - The drugstore is on the left of my house.,

V. 1. How far is it from your house to Ben Thanh market?-It’s about one kilometer.

2. How far is it from the post office to the bakery? - It's about 800 meters.3. How far is it from Ha Noi to Hue? It's about 680 kilometers.4. How far is it from your house to school? -It's about 500 meters.5. How far is it from Da Nang to Ho Chi Minh City? -It’s about 900 kilometers.6. How far is it from Ha Noi to Ho Chi Minh City? -It's about 1,700 kilometer®,7. How far is it from your school to the public library? -It's about two kilonieters.8. How far is it from Hue to Da Nang? -It's about 100 kilometers.

VI. - Excuse me. Could you show me the way to the Metropole Hotel?- The Metropole Hotel? OK. Go straight ahead. Take the second street on the left.

The hotel is on your right.- Is there a department store near the hotel?- No, there isn't. But there is a supermarket in the neighborhood.- How far is it from the hotel to the supermarket?- It's not far - just about one kilometer.- Thank you very much.- You're welcome.

I. 1. letter2. parents

3. stamp4. envelope

5. change6. penpal

7. card8. friend

ĐẮP ÁN 153

II. 1. mail 2. local . 3. overseas 4. receives 5. phone card 6. postcardIII. overseas direction 'regularly Vocal a ltogether

sou ve 'n ir 'envelope Am erica 'iAowsand vacation

IV. 1. Mai would like bread and eggs for breakfast.2. Nam would like to buy a phone card.3. Hoa would like some local stamps.4. They’d like orange juice.5. She'd like to borrow some English books.6. Liz would like to mail a postcard to her friend.7. We'd like a packet of tea.8. I'd like to tell you about my family.

V. 1. How much are these envelopes? -They're five thousand dong.2. How much is the picture? -It's sixty-four thousand dong.3. How much is this postcard? -It's twelve thousand dong.4. How much are a local stamp and an envelope? -They're one thousand five hundred dong.5. How much are those sandwiches? -They're eight thousand five hundred dong.6. How much is the phone card? -Its fifty thousand dong.7. How much is a pad of paper? -It's fifteen thousand dong.8. How much are three boxes of chocolates? - They are seventy-five thousand dong.

VI. 1. to/ on 3. in 5. at 7. on - of2. to 4. to 6. for 8. in - to

VII. - Good morning, sir. Can I help you?- Good morning. I’d like to send this parcel to Spain.- Do you want to send it registered?- How much will it be if I send it registered?- Fifteen pounds, sir.- No, that’s too much1. I’ll just send it normal post.- Seven pounds, sir. Anything else?- Yes, two stamps and this card please.- That’s nine pounds fifty, please.- Here you are. Thank you very much. Goodbye.

III. 1. Where is the hotel?2. How far is it from your house

to the market?3. How long does it take to

go to school by bike?

154 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHẦNĐÁPÁN

4. How much do these envelopes cost?5. What does Hoa need?6. How much is a letter to America?7. Who will Liz send these letters to?8. What would you like?

IV.

V.

I.

II.

V.

1. The railway station is on the right.2. There is a park near my house.3. Could you tell me how to get to the souvenir shop?4. How much is it to mail a letter to America?5. She would like to buy some postcards.6. How long does it take to get to Ha Noi by plane?Tourist : Excuse me. Could you show mis the way to the restaurant?

Go straight ahead. Take the second street on the right.The restaurant is on the/ your left, next to the market.Is there a stadium near here?Yes, there is.Could you tell me how to get there?Go straight ahead. Take the first street on the left.The stadium is opposite the supermarket.Thanks a lot.You’re welcome.

Ba

TouristBaTouristBa

TouristBa:

UNIT 9 I

7. bought8. took7. is i8. Were

IV.

visited, arrived, remembered, returned, rented, received, talked, stopped, looked, moved, watched, learned, was/ were, went, bought, took, saw, thought, wore, put, ate, gave, taught, made1. was 3. went 5. returned2. received 4. ate 6. wore

I II . 1. was 3. is 5. was - was2. were 4. was 6. are - were1. She bought a lot of souvenirs last summer vacation.2. My m other gave me a yellow cap.3. They arrived at the airport at eight o'clock this morning.4. I spoke to her about my vacation.5. Mr. Quang taught mathematics for many years.6. I saw you at the party last night.7. The children were very happy in their trip to Nha Trang.8. Minh put the cake on the table.9. They lived here two years ago.10; Nga was late for school yesterday morning.

1. Did Ba teach Liz Vietnamese? -Yes, he did.2. Did he mail his friend a postcard? -No, he didn't.3. Did they return home yesterday? -No, they didn't.4. Did Mrs. Robinson buy a poster? -Yes, she did.5. Did you send me those flowers? -Yes, I did.

ĐÁP ÁN 155

6. Did she receive many gifts? -No, she didn't.7. Did we/ you meet her at the meeting last weẹk? -Yes, we did.8. Did they live in this town in 1990? -No, they didn't.

VI. 1. Last year, Minh spent his summer vacation in Nha Trang.2. He stayed at a friend's house.3. His friend took him to see Cham Temple, Hon Chong, Tri Nguyen Aquarium,...4. He saw sharks, dolphins, and many types of different sea fish in the aquarium.5. He bought a lot of gifts for his friends and a cap for himself.6. Minh and his friend went swimming every morning.7. He felt happy and healthy after the trip.

III. /d/ : played, remembered, used, learned, studied/t/ : helped, liked, watched, looked, stopped, talked, missed /id/ : wanted, fitted, visited, needed, rented, started

IV. is - taught - teaches - gets - takes - has - leaves - was - didn’t go - visited - bought -spent - returned

V. 1. My father didn't decorate ... 5. Hoa didn’t make ...Did your father decorate ...? Did Hoa make ...?

2. She didn't buy a new dress ... 6. They didn't paint ...Did she buy^ new dress ...? Did they paint ...?

3. They weren’t late ... - 7. This dress wasn't fit.Were they late ...? Was this dress fit?

4. Mr. Tam didn't take ... 8. I didn't see ...Did Mr. Tam take ...? Did you see ...?

VI. 1. What did her mother give her? 4. How did the dress look?2. When did you go to Nha Trang? 5. What time did you arrive home?3. Where did Mrs. Robinson 6. Who spoke about his vacation? «

put the poster? 7. What did hé teach at the high' school?

I. 1. hairdresser 2. material

II. 1. learned2. bought - made 4. sewed

3. dressmaker4. skirt 3. cut

5. hobby6. cushion5. decided6. watched

7. wore8. fitted

VII. 1. What 3. did2. make 4. on

8. When did they see her?5. was 7 do 9. How6. small 8. fitted 10. useful

II. 1. metI. 1. a

2. goes - die


III . 1. to - on 3. to - about 5. for 7. by2. of / about 4. to 6. on 8. in - at

IV. 1. Liz didn’t enjoy... 4. I don’t wash...Did Liz enjoy ...? Do you wash.,.?

2. They won’t come ... 5. The people weren’t friendly.Will they come ...? Were the people friendly?

3. Hoa doesn’t like ... 6. They aren’t playing....Does Hoa like ...? Are they playing...?

V. 1. When did you see her? , 5. Where was your father last month?2. What did Lan’s mother give her? 6. How did he travel to Nha Trang?3. When did they return to America? 7. Why did she go to the doctor?4. Who bought a poster? 8. What time did Nam leave home yesterday?

VI. 1. last 3. at . 5 . postcards 7. returned2. was 4. such 6. much 8. exciting

A nsw ers:1. Nam was in Ha Noi Olfhis last summer holiday.2. He stayed in Ha Noi for three weeks.3. He visited Uncle Ho’s Mausoleum, Ba Dinh Square, West Lake, Lenin Park, ect.4. He bought some postcards and a cap.5. Yes, he did.6. When he came back to Ho Chi Minh City, he spoke to his friends about his

vacation.

I. /id/: wanted, visited, needed, decided/t/: worked, helped, missed, watched !/đ/: played, studied, returned, arrived '

II. 1. posters 3. travelling 5. in - a t 7. much2. recess 4. Would you like 6. fewer 8. popular

III. 1. doesn’t drink 3.is helping 5. to send 7. phoned - didn’t see2. bought 4.was - missed 6. talking 8. will come/ is coming

IV. 1. useful 2. friendly 3. fixing 4. regularly 5. neighborhood 6. energetic

V. 1. c 2. d 3. e 4. f 5. a 6. b

VI. 1. They are in Albufeira 4. They usually stay with their friend, Ana.2. He is reading the newspaper. 5. They’re staying in a hotel.3. The sun is shining and it’s really hot. 6. They go swimming.

VII. 1. What a lovely garden! 3. Her favorite subject is History.2. What about going to the cafeteria? 4. Would you like to come?

TEST YOURSELF

ĐÁP ÁN 157

UNIT 10ịI. 1. f 2. e 3. g 4. h

II. 1. harvest 3. health2. hygiene 4. carefully

III. 1. Brush your teeth after meals.2. Don’t play soccer in the street.3. Wash and iron your own clothes.

5. b 6. a 7. d 8. c5. helpful 7. difficult6. strange

5. Wash your hands before meals.6. Don’t worry about the examination.7. Tidy your room every day.8. Don’t forget to write to your parents.4. Don’t eat too much candy.

IV. 1. W hat did Nam do last Sunday? -He played soccer.2. What did they do last weekend? -They visited their grandparents.3. What did you do two hours ago? -We did our homework.4. What did Hoa and Lan do yesterday? -They went camping with some friends.5. What did the children do-yesterday afternoon? -They studied in the library.6. What did your sister do last night? -She made a cushion for the living room.7. What did you do this morning? -I cleaned my room.8. What did he do last Saturday evening? -He saw a movie.

V. 1. When 3. How often 5. What time 7. When2. What 4. Who 6. Where 8. How

VI. was - got - did - took - combed - had - ate - drank - helped - brushed - put - wenthad - returned - did - ate - took - was - came - went

A nsw ers:1. Yesterday was Sunday.2. Nam got up at six.3. After breakfast, he helped Mom

clear the table.

4. He had lunch with his grandparents.5. He did his homework.6. The film was very interesting.7. He went to bed at ten o’clock.

I. 1.appointm ent 3. toothache 5. surgery2. dentist 4. cavity 6. problem

II. Í. kind 3. im portant 5. worried 7. serious2. healthy 4. nervous 6. painful 8. scared

I II . appo in tm e n t 'pa in ỉú l 'serious 'cavity'toothache 'nervous im portan t 'healthy

IV. 1. of 2. at 3. about 4. for 5. of 6. at 7. at 8. in

V. 1. I was absent from class yesterday because I was sick.2. Minh is going to see the dentist because he has a toothache.3. She has healthy teeth because she brushes her teeth after every meals4. Children have toothache because they often eat a lot of candy.5. He was happy because his decaying tooth stopped hurting.6. We jog every morning because it’s good for* our health.

158 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHAN DAP AN

'surgery 'dentist 'regularly polish

6. at 7. at

VI. 1. Why is he scared? -Because he hates the sound of the drill.2. Why do children often have toothache? - Because they eat lots of candy.3. Why were you late for class yesterday? -Because I missed the first bus.4. Why does her tooth hurt? - Because it has a cavity.5. Why didn’t they come to the meeting last night? - Because they were busy.6. Why does she go to the doctor? -Because she has a headache.7. Why didn’t Minh say anything yesterday? -Because he was very nervous.8. Why do we brush OUT teeth after meals? -Because we want to have healthy teeth.

V II. 1. looks 3. scared 5. explains 7. how2. surgery 4. kind 6. advicc 8. regularly

A nsw ers: 1. Dr. Lai is a dentist.2. Dr. Lai’s surgery is clean and tidy.3. Most children are scared when they come to see Dr. Lai.4. Yes, she does.5. She tells them how to look after their teeth.6. She reminds them to brush their teeth regularly and eat sensibly.

I. 1. c 2. a 3: c At c 5. b 6. a 7. b 8. cII. 1. stays 3. did ... leave 5. played - was 7. hearing

2. is working 4. will go / is going 6. brushes - forgot 8. to brushIII. 1. helpful 3. unhealthy 5. worried 7. scared

2. painful 4. difficulty 6. carefully 8. TalkingIV. 1. Where did you meet her last night?

2. How many times a day does Nga brush her teeth?/ How often does Nga brushher teeth? - ■

3. When was your father in Ha Noi? :4. Who did Nam play badminton with?5. Why did she go to the doctor? ,6. What are the students doing at the moment?7. What time/ When did he have an appointment?8. How did they travel to the USA last month?

V. 1. We should go to the dentist twice a year.2. A dentist can examine our teeth and fill the cavity in our tooth. '3. We should brush our teeth after breakfast and before we go to bed.4. Milk, cheese, fish, potatoes, red rice, raw vegetables and fresh fruit are good for

our teeth.5. Chocolate and sweets are bad for our teeth because they stick to our teeth and

cause decay.VI. 1. Minh went to the dentist yesterday because he had a bad toothache.

2. The dentist looked at his teeth and told him not tò worry.ĐÁP ÁN 159

3. The dentist filled a cavity in his tooth last week.4. Most children feel scared when they come to see the dentist.

__ UNIT Ĩ Ĩ )C B r .....J

I. 1. heavy 2. scales , 3. temperature 4. stopped 5. record 6. calledII. 1. Scales 3. records ■ 5. check-up 7. normal

2. temperature 4. Waiting room 6. heightIII. /id/: visited, started, needed, collected

/t/: asked, stopped, brushed, looked, watched, hoped/d/: called, filled, measured, weighed, ironed

IV. 1. Would you get on the scales, please?2. Would you show me the waiting room, please?3. Would you pay me in cash, please?4. Would you pass me the newspaper, please?5. Would you put this picture on the wall, please?6. Would you take me a photograph, please?

V. 1. How tall is he? -He is one meter 50 centimeters tall. „2. How heavy is Hoa? -She is 40 kilos.3. How high are these buildings? -They are over 150 meters high.4. How long is your dress? -It is 140 centimeters long.5. How deep is the lake? -It is about 5 meters.6. How wide is the table? -It is 80 centimeters wide.7. How much are the shoes? -They are eighty thousand dong.8. How big is your house? -It is about 160 square meters.

VI. 1. W hat is your age? -It’s ten.2. W hat is her family name? It’s Nguyen.3. What is his weight? -It’s 45 kilos.4. What is your brother’s height? - It’s one meter seventy centimeters.5. What is the length of the river? -It’s about 300 miles.6. What is the height of that wall? -It’s four meters.7. What is the depth of the lake? -It’s about five meters. '8. What is the width of the cloth? -It’s one meter sixty centimeters.

VII. 1. How tall is your brother? 5. How much is the blue dress?2. What is the height of the building? 6. What is the length of this street?3. How deep is this lake? 7. How far is it from here to the bus stop?4. What is Peter’s weight? 8. How heavy are these packets?

VIII. 1. Hoa had a medical check-up yesterday.2. She filled in the medical record first.3. The doctor examined Hoa.

160 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHẦNĐÁPÁN

4. The doctor asked Hoa a few questions before she weighed and measured her.5. No, it wasn’t. Everything was normal.6. Hoa felt very happy when she left the office.

I.II.

III.

IV.

cold wrotecoughs - sneezes

2. headache 3. toothache 4. flu 5. stomachache3. caught 5. to cure4.relieve/ to relieve 6. disappear

6. symptom

You sho.uld t£ke a short rest. She should stay in bed.He should clean it every day. Her mother didn’t write ...

V. 1. 2

3

VI. 12

VII. 1

Did her mother write ...?Nam wasn’t absent ... r Was Nam absent ...?I didn’t have a ...Did you have a ...?Many students didn’t catch ...Did many students catch -...?Yes. He started his new job yesterday. ' No. Hoa’s mother didn’t write her a sick note.

7. to prevent

4. You should learn your lessons carefully.5. She should take an aspirin.6. You should brush them regularly.

5. They weren’t happy ...Were they happy ...?

6. He didn’t suggest ...Did he suggest ...?

7. I wasn’t busy ...Were you busy ...?

8. We didn’t enjoy ...Did you enjoy ...?

4. No. I didn’t take cough syrup.5. Yes. I had a bad cold

Yes. The medicines relieved the symptoms of the cold. 6. No. They didn’t catch flu.

How 3. What 5. What 7. WhyWhat 4. Where 6. How much 8. Who T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. T

C33MSMa4. c 5. b 6. a

5. to eat6. didn’t come5. unpleasant6. appointment

I. 1. b 2. c 3. aII. 1. was - caught 3. go

2. is waiting 4. will feelIII. 1. height 3. long

2. healthy 4. sicknessIV. 1. How tall

2. How oftenV. 1. e 2. dVI. 1. from

2. illness Â nswers1.. Everybody can get the common cold.2. Over a billion dollars is spent on cold medicine every year.

3. How high 5. How heavy4. How far 6. How

3. b 4. f 5. a 6. g3. relieve 5. running4. less 6. there

7. c 8. c7. is - takes8. was - arrived7. medical8. weight7. How long8. How much

7. c

V ĐÁP ÁN 161

3. This medicine can relieve the symptoms.4. No, it can’t.5. No, there isn’t.

VII. 1. What is your brother’s height?/ What is the height of your brother?2. Because Lan was sick, she was absent from class yesterday3. How heavy is the parcel?4. Where do you live?5. How' much did you weigh last year?

UNIT 12lI.

II.

III.

IV.

VI.

- Vegetables: onion, cucumber, spinach, carrot, bean, pea, potato, pepper- Fruits: apple, pineapple, orange, banana, durian, papaya, mango, watermelon- Things: pan, bowl, chopsticks, spoon, plate, pot, glass, knife

se'Zection vegetable display spinach 'cucumber pa'paya 'pineapple banana 'du rian 'pepper 'chopstick ’carrot

1. What would Nam like? -He’d like pineapple.2. What would she like? -She’d like to have cucumber salad for dinner.3. What would your brother like? -He’d like something to drink.4. What would they like? - They’d like fried fish, boiled spinach and some potato soup.5. What would you like? -I’d like to play some games of chess.6. What would Hoa’s uncle like? -He’d like some spinach and cucumbers.1. do, too 3. didn’t, either 5. don’t, either 8. won’t, either

6. aren’t, either7. are, too

5. so do6. neither will7. So can

1. to 3. meat 5. either 7. so2. buy 4. wide/ good 6. vegetable 8. at

2. can, too 4. will, too

1. So did 3. So is2. neither does 4. Neither did

9. did, too10. can’t, either

8. Neither are9. so should10.neither does

9. weren’t10. some

I. 1. beef 2. carefully 3. dirt

II. 1. M oderation 3. carefully2. dirt 4. healthy - unhealthy 6. fatty

III. 1. a little 3. many 5. many2. much 4. a few 6. much

IV. 1. didn’t 3. doesn’t 5. don’t2. did 4. does 6. do

V. 1. They can play volleyball and so can we/ we can, too.

162 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHẦNĐÁPÁN

4. sick 5. cereals 6. washed

5. sensibly 7. balanced8. terribly

7. a little 9. much - a little8. a few 10. much7. will 9. doesn’t8. weren’t 10. can

2. Mr. Tam won’t come to the party tonight and neither will his wife/ his wife won’t either.3. I write diary every night and so does my sister/ my sister does, too.4. My father doesn’t drink beer and neither does my uncle/ my uncle doesn’t either.5. She is learning English and so am I/ I am, too.6. Hoa ate bread and beef for breakfast and so did her uncle/ her uncle did, too.7. He didn’t meet her last night and neither did I/ I didn’t either. ,8. I’m not a doctor and neither are they/ they aren’t either.9. Milk is good for your health and so is orange juice/ orange juice is, too.10. They mustn’t stay up late and neither must you/you mustn’t either.

VI. 1. Neither can 3. doesn’t, either 5. did, too2. so is 4. neither will 6. So do

VII. 1. for 2. of - on 3. at 4. to 5. with 6. of

vra . 1. affects 3. balanced2. must 4. What

5. variety6. Moderation

7. either 9. will, too8. too 10. isn’t, either

7. to 8. for - in7. but8. stay

I.

II.

2. c 3. b 4. a ). b 6. c 7. d 8. c3. have4. are crossing

1. a1. went2. to buy

III . 1. well 3. building2. unhealthy 4. selection

IV. 1. c 2. d 3. eV. 1. T 2. T 3. FVI. 1. What would you like to have for dinner tonight?

2. Hoa can’t smell the durians' and her aunt can’t, either.3. Spinach is very good for you but you must wash it carefully.4. I ate some spinach last night, but my Mom and Dad didn’t.5. The doctor gave Ba some medicine to make him feel better.

5. will be6. get5. heated6. favorite

4. a4. F

5. f

5. T

7. is looking - doesn’t like8. did ... buy7. dirty 8 fitness

6. b

TEST YOURSELFI. 1. bII. 1. farther

2. tallIII. 1. to take

2. c 3. b3. to 5. much4. either 6. scared

3. to have

4. d7. because8. Sorry. I ’m afraid I’m not free.

5. hurting 7. knows - knows2. went - didn’t enjoy 4. received 6. will see 8. feel

IV. 1. unhappy 2. pleased 3. seriously 4. Moderation 5. stomachache 6. disappearsV. 1. B (informations -> information) 4. B (worst -> worse)

2. A (Was -» Were) 5 D (isn’t -» doesn’t)3. c (so -> neither)

VI. 1. What time did he wake up yesterday morning? >

ĐÁPÁN 163

2. How many time? a day do you brush your teeth?3. Why did your mother go to the doctor?4. How heavy is she?/ What is her weight?5. How tall are you?/ What is your height?6. How high are these buildings?/ What is the height of these buildings?

V II. 1. Hoạ received her mother’s letter two days ago.2. She went to the doctor because she felt very, unpleasant.3. She had a slight cold.4. Yes, she did.5. The doctor weighed her, measured her height, took her temperature, listened

to her heart and checked her eyes and ears.6. Last year, her height was 1 meter 30 centimeters.7. Now, she is 1 meter 45 centimeters tall.8. She is losing weight.

VIII. 1. How old are you? 3. Hoa hates durians and her aunt does, too.2. Let’s buy some oranges. 4. What is the weight of the fish?

5. Minh is interested in playing soccer.

I . 1. badminton : cầu lông 6. bạseball : bống chàỳ2. volleyball : bóng chuyền 7. athletics : điền kinh3. skateboarding : trượt ván 8. table tennis : bóng bàn4. basketball : bóng rổ 9. soccer ' : bóng đá5. roller-skating : trượt patanh 10. tennis quần vợt

II. good -> well safe -» safelybad -> badly sudden suddenlyslow -> slowly careless -> carelesslyquick -» quickly . recent —> recentlyskillful -» skillfully free freelyclear -> clearly strick strictly

III. 1. in 2. for 3. to - on 4. to 5. of 6. of , 7. of - inIV. 1. well 3. skillfully 5. badly 7. hard

2. safely 4. slowly 6. quickly 8. well 10. carelesslyV. 1. nervous 3. interesting 5. heavily 7. well 9. strictly

2. fluently 4. careless 6. exciting 8. carefully 10. clearlyVI. 1. healthy 2. pair 3. slowly 4. on 5. your 6. least 7. stay 8. as

VII. 1. Yes, they do.2. People need a pair of rackets, a shuttlecock, a net and a small piece of land to

play the game.164 BÀI TẬP TIÊNG ANH 7 • PHẦN đ á p á n

3. Two or four players hit the shuttlecock over the net with their rackets.4. The strongest countries in badminton are Indonesia, China and South Korea

I.

II.

III.

IV.

4. pear7. dived8. equipped

/d //id/

1. play 2. finished 3. freely1. play 3. discovered 5. explored2. swim 4. breathe 6. invented/t / : watched, liked, finished, looked

played, allowed, organized, explored, discovered needed, started, waited, invented

1.' Would you like to play soccer with us? -I’d love to.2. Would you like to have a walk with me? -I’d love to but I can’t.3. Would you like to go swimming? -I’d love to.4. Would you like to play table tennis? -I’d love to.5. Would you like to jog with me? -I’d love to but I can’t6. Would you like to play video games? -I’d love to but I can’t.

5. diver 6. deep-sea

V. 1. She ought to clean it'every day.2. You ought to practice tennis more regularly.3. He ought not to smoke so much.4. He ought to go to bed early.

VI. 1. should 3. m ust 5. must2. can 4. ought 6. Can/ Could

VII. 1. Nga : Come and skip rope, Lan.Lan : I’m sorry. I don’t think I can.Nga : That is too bad. Why not?Lan : Well, I have to do mý homework.

2 Tam : Come and play chess, Nam.Nam : I’m sorry. I don’t think I can.Tam : That is too bad. Why not?N am : Well, I should help my Mom.

3. Phong : Come and play badminton, Thanh.Thanh' : I’m sorry. I don’t think I can.Phong : That is too bad. Why not?Thanh : Well, I must practice the piano

4. Long : Come and play volleyball, Minh.Minh : I’m sorry. I don’t think I can.Long : That is too bad. Why not?Minh : Well, I ought to attend the English club,

v n i . 1. Jacques Cousteau is an oceanographer.2. He is French.3. He was born in 1910.

5. He ought not to drive so fast.6. You ought to stay in bed7. She ought not to stay up late.8. He ought to buy a new one.

7. could 9. couldn’t8. shouldn’t 10. oughtn’t

ĐÁP ÁN 165

4. When he died, he was eighty-seven years old.5. He invented a deep-sẹa diving vessel.6. In the vessel, he could explore the oceans of the world and study under-water life.7. We can learn more about the undersea world thanks to his invention.

I. 1. a 2. c 3. a 4. cII. 1. became 3. allows

2. played - wasIII. 1. slowly

2. excitingIV. 1. c 2. eV. Học sinh tự trả lời.VI. l .T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. F

5. b 6. a 7. c 8. b 5. is spreading 7. be

4. to finish - watching 6. invented 8. watching3. safe 5. dangerous 7. Suddenly4. skillful - skillfully 6. quickly 8. well3. f 4. a 5. g 6. h 7. b 8. d

6. T

»I. 1.

2 .

II. 1.2 .

III. 1.2.3.4.5.6 .7.8.

IV. 1.2.

3.4.5.6 .7,8 .

V. 1.2 .

3.166

UNIT 14|detective black - white

at on

3. comfortable4. adventures

3. before4. in

5. owner6. gathers5. until/ till6 . through

7. outside8. TV sets7. after8. during/ on

What abouư How about seeing a detective movie?What about/ How about a piece of cake?What about/ How about playing volleyball at the weekend?What abouư How about having dinner at my house?What about/ How about going for a walk?What about/ How about a cup of tea?What about/ How about watching videos?What about/ How about fruit juice?What would he like to eat? -He’d like to eat some noodles.What would your mother like to read? -She’d like to read novels and woman magazines. What would Lan like to drink? -She’d like to drink lemon juice.What would Nam like to see? -He’d like to see a cowboy movie.What would they like to play? -They’d like to play volleyball and soccer.What would you like to listen to? -We’d like to listen to pop music. ,What would her brother like to watch? -He’d like to watch contest programs. What would you like to buy? -I’d like to buy a box of chocolates.I like swimming.The boys like playing video games.My brother doesn’t like listening to music.BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHẦNĐÁPÁN

4. We don’t like going to the movies.5. She likes talking with friends.6. Her children don’t like playing sports.7. Nam likes collecting stamps.8. My youngest sister doesn’t like reading.

VI. 1. T 2. T 3. F 4. T 5. F

m mI. 1. teenager 3. adventure 5. foreign 7. satellite

2. contest 4. discussion 6. knowledge 8. availableII. 1. cartoon 3. performing 5. character

2. contestant 4. audience 6. viewers 7. artistIII. satellite 'c/iaracter 'audience 'artist per 'form 'íelẹphone

'import dis'cwssion '/òreign adventure contest contestant' defective car 'toon 'knọw\eàge

IV. 1. My father enjoys playing chess in his free time.2. I would like to see a ‘detective movie.

.3. They prefer listening/ to listen to pop music.4. Teenagers like listening/, to listen to the latest pop music.5. The children hate going/ to go to bed early.6. My grandmother prefers living/ to live in the country.7. She loves walking/ to walk in the rain.8. We would love to meet your family.9. Phong and Minh don’t like going/ to go to the movies.10. Young children enjoy helping around the house.

V. 1. My father doesn’t really like white coffee. He prefers black coffee.2. We don’t really like having dinner at home. We prefer going out for dinner.3. I don’t really like rock music. I prefer pop music.4. The children don’t really like reading. They prefer watching TV.5. Nam doesn’t really like taking part in sports. He prefers watching them on TV.*6. Thanh doesn’t really like sports shows. She prefers fashion shows.7. My mother doesn’t really like cycling. She prefers walking.8. He doesn’t really like girl bands. He prefers boy bands.

VI. 1. My brothers prefer playing tennis to swimming.2. I prefer riding to walking.3. He prefers pop music to classical music.4. My mother prefers walking to cycling.5. These boys prefer detective films to horror films.6. We prefer seeing the shows of our favorite singers to hearing their albums.7. Most children prefer cartoons to movies.8. She prefers playing the piano to playing the violin.

ĐÁP ÁN 167

VII. 1- What kinds of music do you like? -I like rock music and pop music.2. What kinds of films does your brother like? -He likes cowboy films.3. What kinds of books do they like? -They like picture-books.4. What kinds of sports does Nam like? -He likes table tennis and badminton.5. What kinds of fruit do you like? -I like durians and mangoes.6. What kinds of drink does Lan like? -She likes Coca Cola.7. What kinds of food does she like? -She likes hamburger and chicken soup.

V in . 1. at - on 3. during 5. in - in 7. on 9. in - to2. after 4. through 6. before 8. for 10. at - on

IX. 1. around 3. how 5. lots of 7. available2. popular 4. like 6. can 8. program s

I. 1. a 2. c 3. b 4. c 5. c 6. a 7. c 8. b

II; 1. riding - walking 3. watches/ watch 6. watching/ to watch - to take/ taking2. did...live 4. to have 7. are...going to do - am going to see

5. didn’t have 8. goingIII. 1 viewers 3. interested 5. performances 7. variety

2. boring 4. comfortably 6. contestants 8. cheaplyIV. 1. What would you like to see? ,

2. What does your family usually do in the evening?3. Why didn’t they have a TV set?4. What do you prefer?5. Would you like to see a detective movie?6. What kinds of music does she like?7. Do you like cartoons?8. What is Nga going to do this evening?

V. 1. e 2. f 3. b 4. a 5. d 6. c

VI. 1. Both old and young people enjoy watching TV.2. Television stations broadcast news, sports, music, cartoons, wild life, popular

science, reports, contests, movies, etc.3. Live TV program helps us see events at the same time as they are happening.4. In our country, we often watch live TV programs of important events and inter

national football matches.V II. 1. My mother prefers walking to cycling.

2. What about going to the beach this weekend?3. They enjoy travelling to Nha Trang on their vacation.4. I am interested in the history of these places.5. Watching TV is more interesting than reading.6. You ought to go to bed early./ You ought not to stay up late..

1 6 8 BÀITẬ PTIẾNG AN H7 • PHẦNĐÁP ÁN

__ UNIT 15)m m ^ ........ — *

I. 1. arcades 3. dizzy 5. am usem ent 7. prem ises2. inventor 4. addictive 6. robbery 8. education

II . 1. You shouldn’t go to the... 5. You should spend little time...2. You should finish your homework... 6. You should develop your ...3. You shouldn’t spend much money... 7. You shouldn’t arrive home...4. You should take part in outdoor ... 8. Yoii should eat plenty of fruit..:.

III. 1. shouldn’t 3. can 5. should 7. Can - can’t - shouldn’t2. mustn’t 4. must/ should 6. can - must 8. should

IV. 1. inventors 3. teaching 5. robbery - robbers 7. addictive2. noisily 4. amusement 6. careful 8. education

V. 1. likes - playing - doesn’t lilê - goes - is walking - are talking2. are - don’t know - isn’t playing - is teaching

VI. 1. for 2. at - in 3. on 4. for - on 5. in - with 6. of 7. in 8. atV II. 1. young 2. arcades 3. as 4. must 5. spend 6. dizzy 7. too 8. so

ì

I. 1. went 3. moved 5. preferred 7. got 9. began ll.k e p t2. bought 4. knew 6. decided 8. scared 10. taught 12. enjoyed

II. - T V programs', film, cartoon, wild life, weather forecast, European soccer, world news- Places', city, village, countryside, public library, theater, market

„ , - Vehicles: car, motorbike, coach, truck, bus, bike- Direction-, lelf, right, behind, in front of

III . 1. in 3. a t 5. from 7. with2. a t - on 4. from/ to 6. to 8. to - by i

IV. 3. Hoa likes listening to music. 6. Hoa likes going to the public library.4. Hoa doesn’t like the noise 7. Hoa doesn’t like seeing movies.

and the busy roads. 8. Hoa likes doing homework with friends.5. Hoa doesn’t like crossing the street. 9. Hoa likes socializing with her friends.

V. 1. My grandparents hate the noise of the traffic.2. He likes going/ to go fishing on Sunday morning.3. The roads are narrow in the country.4. My neighbors are always very friendly.5. They prefer orange juice to lemon juice.6. Hoa hates crossing/ to cross the road most.7. She sometimes goes to the public library.8. You will get used to living in the city soon.

VI. 1. Children shouldn’t spend ... 2. Hoa didn’t know ...Should children spend ...? Did Hoa know ...?

ĐÁP ÁN 169

3. Video games can’t be ... 6. There wasn’t a public library ...Can video games be ...? Was there a public library ...?

4. They mustn’t take part ... 7. We don’t often play ...Must they take part ...? Do you often play ...?

5. I won’t g e t ... 8. The noise doesn’t keep me ...Will you g e t ...? Does the noise keep you ...?

VII. 1. How often does Nam go to the amusement cẹnter?2. W hat did Hoa hate most?3. How long does Nam usually stay in the arcade?4. W hat do you do in your free time?5. When did Lan and Hoa go to the public library?6. Why doesn’t Hoa like the city?7. Where did Hoa live before moving to the city.8. How much time does he spend on computer games each day?

VIII. 1. His family moved to the city when he was twelve.2. No, it wasn’t. Everything was strange and difficult to him at first.3. He thinks the city life is always busy and the city people are often in a hurry.4. He hated crossing the road most. Because a lot of bikes, motorbikes, cars, buses

coming from every direction scared him.5. Now he gets used to the life in the city.6. He prefers to live in the country.

c s i E a a a g aI. 1. c 2. a 3. c 4. b 5. a 6. c 7. c 8. b

II. 1. am watching 4. listening/to listen 7. getting2. to turn 5. goes - eats 8. didn’t go - caught3. spend - playing 6. is going to stay/ will stay

III . 1. useful 3. direction 4. amusing 7. social2. neighborhood 4. carelessly 5. noisy 8. addictive

IV. 1. Life in the city is always busy.2. Don’t spend too much of your time playing video games.3. Video games can be addictive, so players must bẽ careful. '4. Children should take part in outdoor activities with friends.5. She will get used to the noise of the traffic soon.6. Children shouldn’t often go to the amusement center./

Children shouldn’t go to the amusement center often.V. 1. How long did she live in the country? •

2. Where are the children going now?3. How did Hoa feel when she crossed the road?4. W hat should children do?

170 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHANĐÁPÁN

5. W hat did Hoa’s uncle buy for her?6. How many books are there in the public library? .7. W hat are you going to do this Sunday?8. Why do they rarely eat out?

VI. 1. T 2. F 3. T 4. F 5. T 6. FVII. 1. We will make a four-day Sapa tour.

2. My father drives carefully.3. Ms Chi is a fluent English speaker.4. Hoa doesn’t like the noise and the busy roads in the city.5. I prefer video games to computer games.6. Why don’t we go to the amusement center?

UNIT 16|I. 1. Ha Noi is the capital ọf Vietnam. 6. Manila is the capital of Philippine.

2. Jakarta is the capital of Indonesia. 7. Beijing is the capital of China.3. Bangkok is the capital of Thailand. 8. Tokyo is the capital of Japan.4. Vientiane is the capital ef Laos. 9. Kuala Lumpur is the capital of Malaysia.5. Phnom Penh is the capital of Cambodia. 10. Yangon is the capital of Myanmar.

II. 1. pilot 3. attraction 5. traditional 7. cultures2. ancient 4. temples 6. monument 8. resort

III. 'ancient a'iiraction destination 'coral 'monument 'region reso rt 'culture traditional ad 'mire Indonesia 'posícard

IV. 1. I am always a t home on Sundays.2. Ba’s uncle usually flies to Hong Kong as well as Bangkok. J3. He can seldom find time for reading. '4. They don’t often stay up late.5. My parents occasionally go to the concert.6. You must never do that again.7. Do you always study your English lessons in the evening?8. Fast food is rarely good.

V. 1. May 3. may 5. may 7. may not 9. may2. may not 4. May - may not 6. may not 8. may not 10. may not

VI. 1. What does he prefer? - He prefers listening to music to reading.2. What does Họa prefer? -She prefers living in the country to living in the city.3. What do you prefer? -I prefer visiting the beautiful Khmer temples to seeing

colorful dances.4. What do they prefer? -They prefer playing chess to watching TV.5. What does she prefer? -She prefers seeing plays at the theater to seeing them on TV.

ĐÁP ÁN 171

6. What do the tourists prefer? -They prefer diving to sailing.7 What do the students prefer? -They prefer computers to books.8 What does your father prefer? -My father prefers tea to coffee.

VII. 1. What kinds of music do the teenagers prefer?2. What kinds of shows does she prefer?3. W hat kinds of books do they prefer?4. W hat kinds of activities do you prefer?5. What kinds of fruit does your mother prefer?6. What kind of films dò the children prefer?

VIII. l.W hat 3. sent 5. pilot 7. flies2. from 4. doing 6. How 8. would . 9. So

I.

II.

1. destination : điểm đến2. battle : trận chiến đấu

: cựu chiến binh : pỉiong cảnh, cảnh vật : thung lũng

3. defeated

6. hospitality : lòng mến khách7. minority : thiểu sổ, người thiểu số8. gramophone : máy quay đĩa9. invention : phá t m inh10. province : tỉnh

5. grew 7. constructed6. depended 8. paid

III. - Nouns: battle, army, quiz, hospitality, war, veteran, scenery, tourism, battle side, province, gramophone

-Adjectives’, famous, ancient, interested, traditional, ethnic, poor -Adverbs-, always, occasionally, seldom, never, usually, rarely, sometimes, often

3. veteran4. scenery5. valley1. invented2. established 4. won

IV. 1. in - in 3. for 5. on - in 7. on 9. for - at2. in 4. from - to 6. a t 8. up 10. to

V. 1. may 3. may 5. may not 7. can2. Can - can’t 4. can’t 6. may 8. may

VI. 1. received 4. enjoy 7. did ... die2. sends - goes 5. learned - was 8. remember3. to visit 6. paid - taught 9. were - left

10. leadingVI. 1. Shakespear is the world’s famous English playwright.

2. He was born in 1564.3. Yes, he was. He was born at Stratford-on-Avon in England.4. He married when he was eighteen.5. He had three children.6. He wrote about thirty seven plays.7. He wrote comedies, tragedies and histories.8. No, he didn’t. He died at Stratford.9. He was fifty-two years old when he died.10. Shakespear was buried in the church of Stratford.

1 7 2 BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 7 • PHẦN đ á p á n

9. can’t10. may not

was - won went

im ií.iiiiiĩĩĩiM1. b 2. c 3. a 4. c 5. c 6. a 7. c 8. b

II. 1. good2. colorful

III. Ị. actor2. hospitality

IV. 1. in - on2. in - in

V. 1. Indochina2. tourist

VI. 1. F 2. T

3. carefully 5. beautifully4. quickly 6. happy

3. attractions 5. traditional4. colorful3. up - to4. at3. Many4. veterans

3. F 4. T

6. tourism5. for6. on5. site6. scenery5. F

7. hospitable8. occasionally7. trading8. invention7. at8. on7. neighboring8. local

TEST YOURSELF iggi i

I. 1.

II. 1.2 .

I II . 1.2 .

3.

ÍV. 1.2 .

V. 1. 2 .

3.

VI. 1. 2 .

3.4.5.6 .

VII. 1.

VIII. 1.2 .

3.4.5.6 .

3. a , 4. d 5. c

3. good vegetable 5. more clearly

a 2. a

Woulddangerous 4. but 6. of

Will you be 4. traveledflying - going 5. listening/ to listen

7. must not8. Me too

7. go8. are learning - like

moved - spent 6. are ... doing/ are...going to do

carelessly 3. noise 5. friendly 7. painfulcollection 4. famous 6. healthy ' 8. inexpensive

D (bored -> boring) 4. c (is coming -> comes)c (to go -> go) 5. B (kind -> kind of)

. c (most rich richest) 6. c (hardly -> hard)

Who was Thomas Edison?When was General Giap born?How far is it from the school tó the beach?How long does it take to fly from Sai Gon to Singapore?What did you eat last night?Why did Minh go to the dentist?

T 2. T' 3. T 4. F 5. F 6. T

You ought to wash your hands before meals.Children are interested in picture books.Michael Jordan is a skillful basketball player.Why don’t we/ Why not go to the beach?Helen didn’t pass the test and Bob didn’t either.The Sears Tower is the tallest building in Chicago,

ĐÁPÁN 173

ĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ I

ĐỂ 1

2. b3. more expensive 5. are playing 7. going 9. smallest4. That’s a good idea. 6. never go 8. a t 10. popular2. a 3. c 4. b

IV. 1. d 2. a 3. b 4. b

V. 1. W hat would you like?2. What does she learn in her biology class?3. How far is it from your office to the restaurant?4. How much do those shoes cost?

VI. 1. False 2. True 3. False 4. TrueVII. 1. What modern computers! 2. WHat about listening to pop music?

Đ Ề 2

II. 1. 30-minute break 3. helping 5. intelligent 7. goes indoors2. How often 4. on 6. middle 8. always spends

I II . 1. b 2. d 3. a 4. c

IV. 1. Why don’t we go to the movies?2. Those students are very energetic.3. Would you like to come to my house for dinner?4. The lessons this year is longer and more difficult than those last year.

V. 1. Are the children writing ...? 3. will have2. fixing 4. go

VI. 1. How much does this bag cost? 3. W hat would you like? '2. How far is it from here to Vung Tau? 4. When does Minh have English classes?

V II. 1. with 2. smaller 3. by 4. misses

VIII.l; False 2. False 3. True 4. FalseIX. 1. The blue skirt is cheaper than the brown one.

2. Which subject does Lien like most?


I. 1. aII. 1. back

2. will meetTTT 1 rl

II. 12 .

III. 1.IV. 1.

2 .

3.4. 1. 2.

VI. 1.2.

VII. 1.VIII.l.IX. 1.

2 .

V.

far 3. lovely 5. newestto find 4. on 6. Great, I’d love some,c 2. d 3. a 4. bMai is interested in making experiments.Nguyet is unhappy because she misses her parents.Would you take these pieces of toast into the kitchen, please? Which house is the most suitable for Mr Lam and his family? don’t go 3. won’t visitto have 4. meetingWhat should we eat? ,When will your friend go to Mexico?

than 2. there 3. anTrue 2. False 3. True

7. Let’s8. In his free time

3. Who takes care of people’s teeth?4. Do you like Geography?4. in

4. FalseThe room has a table, a chair, a bed and a wardrobe. My house is the oldest oil the street.

ĐỀ KIỂM TRA HỌC KỲ II■

Đ Ề 1

I. 1. a 2. cII. 1. watching 3. strictly

2. Why 4. did, tooIII. 1. c 2. arv . 1. started

2. does Mary usually goV. 1. Nam can’t drive a car, and his sister can’t either.

2. How heavy are you?3. How about visiting Uncle Ho’s mausoleum?

VI. 1. d 2. b 3. a 4. c

V II. 1. True 2. True 3. False 4. False

5. dangerous6. up

3. d3. to take/ taking4. to invite '

7. symptoms8. appointment, 4. b

ĐÁP ÁN

ĐẼ 2I. 1.II. 1.

2.

, 3.III. 1.

IV. 'l.2.

3.4.

V. 1. 2 .3.4.

VI. 1.VII. 1.

a 2. cmuchroller-skatingof

2. d

4. bought5. because6. submarine

3. b

7. Don’t shout8. Will you meet9. between i

A. a

10. go*\ AJ. 'VJ. . • ■ 1 o . IƯ • •

He’s a skillfull volleyball player.Children ought to go to bed early./ Children qught not to stay up late.Laiị ate too much: cakes Iasi night and so did Chi. Í How much did she weigh lastVyear?

How far is it from here to Ben Thanh! market?7 ~ . J'' 1 ' 'J 1 ' 1

What would you like for breakfast? ' IWhy did Quang'get good marks?How long was your father there?

c

False

2. b

2. False3. a

3.’True

4. d

4; True

I. , 1. a 2. c

II. 1. bought2. interesting

III. 1. c '• 2. a

IV.

3. much14. oldest

3. d

ĐỂ 3

5. not to stay ' 6. to have

4. b

7. will introduce8. in -

1. We must remember to eat sensibly.2. Hoa will get used to life in the citý soon.3. Would you like to have dinner, at my house tonight?4. You, ought to wash the vegetables more carefully

V. 1. riow'long,did it take Lan to finiph this test?2. How did,you feel after eating that food?3. What should we do to k eep our bodies fit?4. Why is Simon in a lot of pain npw?

VI. 1. c ' 2. a , 3 .b ,, 4 .b , Ỉ/ íí Í »VII. 1. True ' 2. False , < 3. False ■ 4. Trué V

V IIL li How old is your daughter? ‘ f 1 ' ( ”' 1 < '2. Minh wasn’t at home last night and his parents weren’t either.3. Thanh is a fluent English speầker, , ,4. Nain prefers staying at home to going to the zoo.

HÊTÌ 7 6 . BÀI TẬP TIÊNG 4N H 7 • P íÍẦn ĐÁPẤN

5: cL 6. c,

TÓM TẮT NGỮ PHÁP TlỂNG ANH 71. PRESENT SIMPLE TENSE (Thì h im tại đơn)

Thì hiện tại đơn được dùng đê’ diễn đạt chân lý, sự thật hiến nhiên, tình huống cố định lâu dài ờ hiện tại, thói quen hay hành động xảy ra thường xuyên ở hiện tại.

• Affirmative form ( Subject + verb (bare inf.)/ verb-(e)s ______ j* Thêm es vào các động từ tận cùng là 0, s, sh , ch, X, z.

• Negative form Subject + do/does + not + verb (bare-inf.) )

• Interrogative form [ Đo/ Does + subject + verb (bare-inf.)... ? I> Thì hiện tại đon thường được dùng với các trạng từ hoặc cụm trạng từ chỉ tần suất như always, u sua ll!/, often, sometimes, never, every day, once a week, ...

PRESENT PROGRESSIVE TENSE (Thì hiện tạ i tiếp dim)Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn được dùng đê’ diễn đạt hành động đang diễn ra ngay lúc nói, hành động đang diễn ra ở hiện tại (nhưng không nhất thiết phải ngay lúc nói) và hành đọng có tính tạm thời.

• Affirmative form [ Subject + am/ is/ are + verb-ing______________ j

• Negative form [ Subject + am/is/are + not + verb-ing I

• Interrpgative form [ Ami Is/ Are + subject + verb-ing...? ~j

• Wh- question f What/ Where/... + am/ is/ are + subject+verb ing? 1> Thì hiện tại tiếp diên thường được dùng với các từ hoặc cụm từ chỉ thời gian hiện tại như: now, right now, at present, a t the/ this m oment.

^>Lu'u ý: Không dùng thì hiện tại tiếp diễn với các động từ chỉ giác quan, cảm xúc, nhận thức và sự sớ hữu: see, hear, taste, smell, feel, like, love, hate, dislike, w ant, know, think, seem, understand, have, v.v. Dùng thì hiện tại đơn với các động từ này.

3. FUTURE SIMPLE TENSE (Thi t ương lai dem)Thì tươnậ lai đơn được dùng đế diễn tả hành động sẽ xảy ra trong tương lai hoặc diễn đạt lời hứa, lời đề nghị, lời yêu cau, lời mời và một quyết định tức thì.

• Affirmative form í Subject + will + verb (bare inf.) ~ j

• Negative form f Subject + will not/ won't + verb (bare inf!) ]

• Interrogative form f Will + subject + verb(bareinf.)...? Ị ]

• Wh- question . f WhatI Where/. ■ ■ + will + subject + verb (bare inf.)? J> Thì tương lai đơn thường được dùng với các ừ ạng từ chỉ thời gian trong tương lai: tơ m o n o iu , som ed a y , to n ig h t, n e x t w eek / m o n th / year...,.éoon , v.v.

^Luu ý: Người Anh thường dùng will hoặc shall cho các đại từ ở ngôi thứ nhất (/, We), nhưng trong tiếng Anh hiện đại will được dung phô’ biên hơn shall.

4. THE PAST SIMPLE TENSE (Thì quá khứ đon)Thì quá khứ đơn đượ J ' «■kéo aài một khoảng tìxuyên trong quá knứ. ------------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------

• Affirmative form ( Subject + verb-ed/ verb 2 (past tense)_________ J-* Động từ có quy tắc, thêm -e d .* Động từ bất quy tắc, động từ ở cột 2 (past tense) trong bảng động từ bất quy tắc.

• Negative form ( Subject + did not/ didn't + verb (bare inf.) : )

• Interrogative form ( Did + subject + verb (bare inf.)...? ■ I )

• To be ( Ĩ/ he/ she/ it + was 7 we/ you/ they + were j> Thì quá khứ đơn thường được dùng với các ữạng từ hoặc cụm trạng từ chỉ thòi gian quá khứ như: yesterday, last n ight, last week/ m onth / year/ su m m e r .. ago.

RẰT TÂP & TRẮC NGHIÊM TIẾNG ANH 7 * i f .

Documents

MAI LAN HƯƠNG - NGUYEN THANH LOAN - f.libvui.comf.libvui.com/sh1/BaiTapTiengAnh7MaiLanHuongCoDapAn_a5bbb1ea32.pdf · Chúng tôi hy vọng Bài tập tiếng Anh 7 sẽ là quyển